Remove rcenhancedfilters from $wgDefaultUserOptions
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.34.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /**@}*/
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path of the skins directory.
198 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
199 * @since 1.3
200 */
201 $wgStylePath = false;
202 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
206 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
207 * @since 1.17
208 */
209 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
214 * @since 1.16
215 */
216 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * Filesystem extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.25
222 */
223 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
228 * @since 1.3
229 */
230 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
231
232 /**
233 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
234 * which is replaced by the article title.
235 *
236 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
237 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
238 */
239 $wgArticlePath = false;
240
241 /**
242 * The URL path for the images directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
244 */
245 $wgUploadPath = false;
246
247 /**
248 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
249 */
250 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
251
252 /**
253 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
254 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
255 */
256 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
257
258 /**
259 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
260 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
261 */
262 $wgLogo = false;
263
264 /**
265 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
266 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
267 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
268 *
269 * @par Example:
270 * @code
271 * $wgLogoHD = [
272 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
273 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
274 * ];
275 * @endcode
276 *
277 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
278 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
279 * be optimised for screen resolution.
280 *
281 * @par Example:
282 * @code
283 * $wgLogoHD = [
284 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
285 * ];
286 * @endcode
287 *
288 * @since 1.25
289 */
290 $wgLogoHD = false;
291
292 /**
293 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
294 * @since 1.6
295 */
296 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
297
298 /**
299 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
300 * Defaults to no icon.
301 * @since 1.12
302 */
303 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
304
305 /**
306 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
307 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
308 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
309 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
310 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
311 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
312 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
313 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
314 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
315 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
316 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
317 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
318 * understand it).
319 *
320 * @var array|string|bool
321 * @since 1.25
322 */
323 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
324
325 /**
326 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
327 * be web accessible.
328 *
329 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
330 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
331 * logic.
332 *
333 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
334 * variable.
335 *
336 * @see wfTempDir()
337 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
338 */
339 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
340
341 /**
342 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
343 * upload URL.
344 * @since 1.4
345 */
346 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
347
348 /**
349 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
350 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
351 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
352 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
353 * @since 1.17
354 */
355 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
356
357 /**
358 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
359 * plain page views, add to this array.
360 *
361 * @par Example:
362 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
363 * @code
364 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
365 * @endcode
366 *
367 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
368 * URLs.
369 * @since 1.5
370 */
371 $wgActionPaths = [];
372
373 /**@}*/
374
375 /************************************************************************//**
376 * @name Files and file uploads
377 * @{
378 */
379
380 /**
381 * Allow users to upload files.
382 *
383 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
384 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
385 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
386 *
387 * @since 1.5
388 */
389 $wgEnableUploads = false;
390
391 /**
392 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
393 */
394 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
395
396 /**
397 * Allows to move images and other media files
398 */
399 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
400
401 /**
402 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
403 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
404 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
405 *
406 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
407 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
408 */
409 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
413 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
414 *
415 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
416 * completeness.
417 */
418 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
419
420 /**
421 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
422 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
423 */
424 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
425
426 /**
427 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
428 */
429 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
430
431 /**
432 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
433 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
434 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
435 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
436 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
437 *
438 * Example:
439 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
440 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
441 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
442 *
443 * @see $wgFileBackends
444 */
445 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
446
447 /**
448 * File repository structures
449 *
450 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
451 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
452 * array of properties configuring the repository.
453 *
454 * Properties required for all repos:
455 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
456 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
457 *
458 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
459 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
460 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
461 *
462 * For most core repos:
463 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
464 * container : backend container name the zone is in
465 * directory : root path within container for the zone
466 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
467 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
468 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
469 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
470 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
471 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
472 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
473 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
474 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
475 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
476 * handler instead.
477 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
478 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
479 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
480 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
481 * - pathDisclosureProtection
482 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
483 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
484 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
485 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
486 * is 0644.
487 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
488 * some remote repos.
489 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
490 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
491 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
492 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
493 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
494 *
495 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
496 * for local repositories:
497 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
498 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
499 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
500 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
501 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
502 * on the local wiki.
503 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
504 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
505 *
506 * ForeignDBRepo:
507 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
508 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
509 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
510 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
511 * and accesible from, this wiki.
512 *
513 * ForeignAPIRepo:
514 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
515 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
516 *
517 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
518 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
519 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
520 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
521 * be searched after the local file repo.
522 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
523 *
524 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
525 */
526 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
530 *
531 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
532 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
533 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
534 *
535 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
536 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
537 *
538 * @since 1.11
539 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
540 */
541 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
542
543 /**
544 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
545 *
546 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
547 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
548 * default settings.
549 *
550 * @since 1.16
551 */
552 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
553
554 /**
555 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
556 *
557 * Uses the folowing variables:
558 *
559 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
560 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
561 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
562 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
563 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
564 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
565 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
566 *
567 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
568 * class, with also the following variables:
569 *
570 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
571 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
572 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
573 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
574 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
575 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
576 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
577 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
578 *
579 * @var bool
580 * @since 1.3
581 */
582 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
583
584 /**
585 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
586 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
587 *
588 * @var string
589 * @since 1.3
590 */
591 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
592
593 /**
594 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
595 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
596 *
597 * @var string
598 * @since 1.3
599 */
600 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
601
602 /**
603 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
604 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
605 *
606 * @var bool
607 * @since 1.3
608 */
609 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
610
611 /**
612 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
613 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
614 *
615 * @since 1.5
616 */
617 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
618
619 /**
620 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
621 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
622 *
623 * @var bool
624 * @since 1.5
625 */
626 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
627
628 /**
629 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
630 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
631 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
632 *
633 * @var bool|string
634 * @since 1.4
635 */
636 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
637
638 /**
639 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
640 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
641 *
642 * @var string
643 * @since 1.5
644 */
645 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
646
647 /**
648 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
649 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
650 *
651 * @var bool
652 * @since 1.5
653 */
654 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
655
656 /**
657 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
658 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
659 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
660 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
661 *
662 * Example:
663 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
664 */
665 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
666
667 /**
668 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
669 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
670 *
671 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
672 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
673 *
674 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
675 */
676 $wgUploadDialog = [
677 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
678 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
679 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
680 'fields' => [
681 'description' => true,
682 'date' => false,
683 'categories' => false,
684 ],
685 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
686 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
687 'licensemessages' => [
688 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
689 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
691 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
692 'local' => 'generic-local',
693 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
694 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
696 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
697 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
698 ],
699 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
700 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
701 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
702 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
703 'comment' => [
704 'local' => '',
705 'foreign' => '',
706 ],
707 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
708 'format' => [
709 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
710 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
711 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
712 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
713 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
714 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
715 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
716 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
717 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
718 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
719 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
720 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
721 // * $TEXT - input by the user
722 'description' => '$TEXT',
723 'ownwork' => '',
724 'license' => '',
725 'uncategorized' => '',
726 ],
727 ];
728
729 /**
730 * File backend structure configuration.
731 *
732 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
733 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
734 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
735 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
736 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
737 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
738 *
739 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
740 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
741 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
742 *
743 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
744 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
745 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
746 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
747 *
748 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
749 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
750 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
751 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
752 * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
753 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
754 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
755 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
756 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
757 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
758 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
759 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
760 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
761 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
762 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
763 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
764 */
765 $wgFileBackends = [];
766
767 /**
768 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
769 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
770 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
771 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
772 *
773 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
774 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
775 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
776 *
777 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
778 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
779 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
780 */
781 $wgLockManagers = [];
782
783 /**
784 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
785 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
786 *
787 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
788 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
789 * extensions" section of php.ini:
790 * @code{.ini}
791 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
792 * @endcode
793 */
794 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
795
796 /**
797 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
798 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
799 * Defaults to false.
800 */
801 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
805 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
806 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
807 */
808 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
809
810 /**
811 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
812 *
813 * @since 1.20
814 */
815 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
816
817 /**
818 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
819 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
820 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
821 */
822 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
823
824 /**
825 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
826 * @since 1.20
827 */
828 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
829
830 /**
831 * Different timeout for upload by url
832 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
833 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
834 * to default.
835 *
836 * @var int|bool
837 *
838 * @since 1.22
839 */
840 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
841
842 /**
843 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
844 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
845 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
846 * for non-specified types.
847 *
848 * @par Example:
849 * @code
850 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
851 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
852 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
853 * ];
854 * @endcode
855 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
856 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
857 */
858 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
859
860 /**
861 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
862 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
863 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
864 * @since 1.26
865 */
866 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
867
868 /**
869 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
870 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
871 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
872 *
873 * @par Example:
874 * @code
875 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
876 * @endcode
877 */
878 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
879
880 /**
881 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
882 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
883 * appended to it as appropriate.
884 */
885 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
886
887 /**
888 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
889 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
890 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
891 * access to the thumbnail path.
892 *
893 * @par Example:
894 * @code
895 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
896 * @endcode
897 */
898 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
899
900 /**
901 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
902 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
903 *
904 * @var string
905 * @since 1.3
906 */
907 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
908
909 /**
910 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
911 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
912 *
913 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
914 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
915 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
916 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
917 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
918 *
919 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
920 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
921 */
922 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
923
924 /**
925 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
926 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
927 *
928 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
929 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
930 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
931 */
932 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
933
934 /**
935 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
936 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
937 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
938 */
939 $wgFileBlacklist = [
940 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
941 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
942 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
943 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
944 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
945 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
946 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
947 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
948
949 /**
950 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
951 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
952 */
953 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
954 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
955 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
956 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
957 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
958 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
959 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
960 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
961 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
962 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
963 'application/x-msmetafile',
964 ];
965
966 /**
967 * Allow Java archive uploads.
968 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
969 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
970 */
971 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
972
973 /**
974 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
975 *
976 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
977 */
978 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
979
980 /**
981 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
982 * by $wgFileExtensions.
983 *
984 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
985 */
986 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
987
988 /**
989 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
990 *
991 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
992 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
993 */
994 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
995
996 /**
997 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
998 */
999 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1000
1001 /**
1002 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1003 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1004 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1005 *
1006 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1007 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1008 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1009 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1010 */
1011 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1012 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1014 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1015 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1016 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1017 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1018 ];
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1022 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1023 *
1024 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1025 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1026 */
1027 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1028
1029 /**
1030 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1031 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1032 */
1033 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1034 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1042 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1043 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1044 ];
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1048 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1049 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1050 *
1051 * @since 1.21
1052 */
1053 $wgContentHandlers = [
1054 // the usual case
1055 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1056 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1057 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1058 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1059 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1060 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1061 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1062 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1063 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1064 ];
1065
1066 /**
1067 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1068 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1069 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1070 */
1071 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1075 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1076 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1077 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1078 *
1079 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1080 */
1081 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1082
1083 /**
1084 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1085 */
1086 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1090 * @since 1.27
1091 */
1092 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1096 */
1097 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1098
1099 /**
1100 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1101 */
1102 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1106 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1107 */
1108 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1112 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1113 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1114 *
1115 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1116 * @code
1117 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1118 * @endcode
1119 *
1120 * Leave as false to skip this.
1121 */
1122 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1126 *
1127 * @since 1.21
1128 */
1129 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1130
1131 /**
1132 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1133 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1134 * at sharp edges.
1135 *
1136 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1137 *
1138 * Supported values:
1139 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1140 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1141 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1142 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1143 *
1144 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1145 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1146 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1147 *
1148 * @since 1.27
1149 */
1150 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1151
1152 /**
1153 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1154 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1155 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1156 *
1157 * @since 1.32
1158 */
1159 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1160
1161 /**
1162 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1163 * image formats.
1164 */
1165 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1166
1167 /**
1168 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1169 *
1170 * @since 1.26
1171 */
1172 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1176 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1177 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1178 *
1179 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1180 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1181 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1182 */
1183 $wgSVGConverters = [
1184 'ImageMagick' =>
1185 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1186 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1188 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1189 . '$output $input',
1190 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1191 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1192 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1193 ];
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1197 */
1198 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1199
1200 /**
1201 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1202 */
1203 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1204
1205 /**
1206 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1207 */
1208 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1209
1210 /**
1211 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1212 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1213 */
1214 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1218 *
1219 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1220 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1221 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1222 *
1223 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1224 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1225 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1226 */
1227 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1228
1229 /**
1230 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1231 * page language), if available.
1232 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1233 * to specify text language.
1234 *
1235 * @since 1.33
1236 */
1237 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
1238
1239 /**
1240 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1241 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1242 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1243 *
1244 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1245 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1246 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1247 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1248 *
1249 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1250 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1251 */
1252 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1253
1254 /**
1255 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1256 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1257 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1258 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1259 */
1260 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1261
1262 /**
1263 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1264 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1265 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1266 *
1267 * @par Example:
1268 * @code
1269 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1270 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1271 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1272 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1273 * @endcode
1274 */
1275 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1276
1277 /**
1278 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1279 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1280 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1281 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1282 */
1283 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1287 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1288 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1289 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1290 */
1291 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1292
1293 /**
1294 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1295 * output instead of showing an error message.
1296 *
1297 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1298 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1299 *
1300 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1301 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1302 * are logged to a file for review.
1303 */
1304 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1305
1306 /**
1307 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1308 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1309 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1310 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1311 * webserver(s).
1312 */
1313 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1317 */
1318 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1319
1320 /**
1321 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1322 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1323 * is available that can rotate.
1324 */
1325 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1326
1327 /**
1328 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1329 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1330 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1331 */
1332 $wgAntivirus = null;
1333
1334 /**
1335 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1336 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1337 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1338 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1339 *
1340 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1341 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1342 *
1343 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1344 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1345 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1346 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1347 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1348 * path.
1349 *
1350 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1351 * function in SpecialUpload.
1352 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1353 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1354 * is not set.
1355 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1356 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1357 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1358 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1359 * no virus was found.
1360 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1361 * a virus.
1362 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1363 *
1364 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1365 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1366 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1367 */
1368 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1369
1370 # setup for clamav
1371 'clamav' => [
1372 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1373 'codemap' => [
1374 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1375 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1376 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1377 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1378 ],
1379 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1380 ],
1381 ];
1382
1383 /**
1384 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1385 */
1386 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1387
1388 /**
1389 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1390 */
1391 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1395 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1396 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1397 */
1398 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1399
1400 /**
1401 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1402 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1403 */
1404 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1405
1406 /**
1407 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1408 * the MIME type to standard output.
1409 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1410 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1411 *
1412 * @par Example:
1413 * @code
1414 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1415 * @endcode
1416 */
1417 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1418
1419 /**
1420 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1421 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1422 * can be trusted.
1423 */
1424 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1428 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1429 */
1430 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1431 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1432 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1433 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1434 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1435 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1436 ];
1437
1438 /**
1439 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1440 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1441 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1442 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1443 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1444 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1445 */
1446 $wgImageLimits = [
1447 [ 320, 240 ],
1448 [ 640, 480 ],
1449 [ 800, 600 ],
1450 [ 1024, 768 ],
1451 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1452 ];
1453
1454 /**
1455 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1456 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1457 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1458 */
1459 $wgThumbLimits = [
1460 120,
1461 150,
1462 180,
1463 200,
1464 250,
1465 300
1466 ];
1467
1468 /**
1469 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1470 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1471 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1472 *
1473 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1474 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1475 * supports it.
1476 */
1477 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1478
1479 /**
1480 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1481 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1482 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1483 * following buckets:
1484 *
1485 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1486 *
1487 * and a distance of 50:
1488 *
1489 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1490 *
1491 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1492 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1493 */
1494 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1495
1496 /**
1497 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1498 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1499 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1500 *
1501 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1502 *
1503 * @since 1.25
1504 */
1505
1506 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1507
1508 /**
1509 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1510 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1511 *
1512 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1513 * thumbnail's URL.
1514 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1515 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1516 *
1517 * @since 1.25
1518 */
1519 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1520
1521 /**
1522 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1523 *
1524 * @since 1.25
1525 */
1526 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1527
1528 /**
1529 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1530 * HTTP request to.
1531 *
1532 * @since 1.25
1533 */
1534 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1538 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1539 *
1540 * @since 1.26
1541 */
1542 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1546 * Fields are:
1547 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1548 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1549 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1550 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1551 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1552 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1553 * @deprecated since 1.28
1554 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1555 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1556 * - mode: Gallery mode
1557 */
1558 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1562 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1563 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1564 */
1565 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1569 */
1570 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1574 *
1575 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1576 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1577 */
1578 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * @name DJVU settings
1582 * @{
1583 */
1584
1585 /**
1586 * Path of the djvudump executable
1587 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1588 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1589 */
1590 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1594 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1595 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1596 */
1597 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1598
1599 /**
1600 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1601 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1602 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1603 */
1604 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1608 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1609 *
1610 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1611 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1612 * the efficiency problem.
1613 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1614 *
1615 * @par Example:
1616 * @code
1617 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1618 * @endcode
1619 */
1620 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1621
1622 /**
1623 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1624 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1625 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1626 */
1627 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1628
1629 /**
1630 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1631 */
1632 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1633
1634 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1635
1636 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1637
1638 /************************************************************************//**
1639 * @name Email settings
1640 * @{
1641 */
1642
1643 /**
1644 * Site admin email address.
1645 *
1646 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1647 */
1648 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1652 *
1653 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1654 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1655 *
1656 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1657 */
1658 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1659
1660 /**
1661 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1662 *
1663 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1664 */
1665 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1666
1667 /**
1668 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1669 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1670 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1671 */
1672 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1676 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1682 *
1683 * @since 1.30
1684 */
1685 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1689 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1690 *
1691 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1692 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1693 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1694 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1695 */
1696 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1697
1698 /**
1699 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1700 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1701 */
1702 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1703
1704 /**
1705 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1706 */
1707 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1711 */
1712 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1713
1714 /**
1715 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1716 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1717 */
1718 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1722 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1723 */
1724 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1725
1726 /**
1727 * SMTP Mode.
1728 *
1729 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1730 * Default to false or fill an array :
1731 *
1732 * @code
1733 * $wgSMTP = [
1734 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1735 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1736 * 'port' => '25',
1737 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1738 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1739 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1740 * ];
1741 * @endcode
1742 */
1743 $wgSMTP = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1747 */
1748 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1749
1750 /**
1751 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1752 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1753 */
1754 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1755
1756 /**
1757 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1758 *
1759 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1760 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1761 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1762 *
1763 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1764 *
1765 * @var bool
1766 */
1767 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1768
1769 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1770 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1771 # enable or disable at their discretion
1772 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1773 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1777 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1778 * spam relay.
1779 */
1780 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1781
1782 /**
1783 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1784 */
1785 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1789 * user talk page.
1790 *
1791 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1792 * preference set to true.
1793 */
1794 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1795
1796 /**
1797 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1798 *
1799 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1800 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1801 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1802 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1803 *
1804 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1805 *
1806 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1807 *
1808 * @var bool
1809 */
1810 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1814 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1815 *
1816 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1817 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1818 *
1819 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1820 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1821 *
1822 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1823 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1824 */
1825 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1829 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1830 *
1831 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1832 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1833 */
1834 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1835
1836 /**
1837 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1838 * match the limit on your mail server.
1839 */
1840 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1844 */
1845 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1849 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1850 */
1851 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1852
1853 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1854
1855 /************************************************************************//**
1856 * @name Database settings
1857 * @{
1858 */
1859
1860 /**
1861 * Database host name or IP address
1862 */
1863 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1867 */
1868 $wgDBport = 5432;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1872 */
1873 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * Database username
1877 */
1878 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1879
1880 /**
1881 * Database user's password
1882 */
1883 $wgDBpassword = '';
1884
1885 /**
1886 * Database type
1887 */
1888 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1892 *
1893 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1894 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1895 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1896 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1897 */
1898 $wgDBssl = false;
1899
1900 /**
1901 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1902 *
1903 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1904 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1905 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1906 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1907 */
1908 $wgDBcompress = false;
1909
1910 /**
1911 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1912 */
1913 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1914
1915 /**
1916 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1917 */
1918 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1919
1920 /**
1921 * Search type.
1922 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1923 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1924 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1925 */
1926 $wgSearchType = null;
1927
1928 /**
1929 * Alternative search types
1930 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1931 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1932 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1933 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1934 */
1935 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * Table name prefix.
1939 * This should be alphanumeric, contain neither spaces nor hyphens, and end in "_"
1940 */
1941 $wgDBprefix = '';
1942
1943 /**
1944 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1945 */
1946 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1947
1948 /**
1949 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1950 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1951 * DBA has done his best job.
1952 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1953 */
1954 $wgSQLMode = '';
1955
1956 /**
1957 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1958 */
1959 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1960
1961 /**
1962 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1963 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1964 * @since 1.32
1965 */
1966 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1967
1968 /**
1969 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1970 */
1971 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1972
1973 /**
1974 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1975 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1976 * main database.
1977 *
1978 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1979 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1980 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1981 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1982 *
1983 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1984 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1985 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1986 *
1987 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1988 * $wgDBprefix.
1989 *
1990 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1991 * $wgDBmwschema.
1992 *
1993 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1994 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1995 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1996 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1997 */
1998 $wgSharedDB = null;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * @see $wgSharedDB
2002 */
2003 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2004
2005 /**
2006 * @see $wgSharedDB
2007 */
2008 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2009
2010 /**
2011 * @see $wgSharedDB
2012 * @since 1.23
2013 */
2014 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2015
2016 /**
2017 * Database load balancer
2018 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2019 * Fields are:
2020 * - host: Host name
2021 * - dbname: Default database name
2022 * - user: DB user
2023 * - password: DB password
2024 * - type: DB type
2025 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2026 *
2027 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2028 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2029 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2030 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2031 *
2032 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2033 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2034 *
2035 * - flags: bit field
2036 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2037 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2038 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2039 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2040 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2041 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2042 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2043 * if available
2044 *
2045 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2046 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2047 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2048 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2049 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2050 *
2051 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2052 * variable of the Database object.
2053 *
2054 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2055 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2056 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2057 *
2058 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2059 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2060 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2061 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2062 *
2063 * @code
2064 * SET @@read_only=1;
2065 * @endcode
2066 *
2067 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2068 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2069 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2070 */
2071 $wgDBservers = false;
2072
2073 /**
2074 * Load balancer factory configuration
2075 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2076 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2077 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2078 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2079 *
2080 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2081 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2082 */
2083 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2084
2085 /**
2086 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2087 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2088 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2089 * @since 1.27
2090 */
2091 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2092
2093 /**
2094 * File to log database errors to
2095 */
2096 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2097
2098 /**
2099 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2100 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2101 *
2102 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2103 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2104 *
2105 * @par Examples:
2106 * @code
2107 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2108 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2109 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2110 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2111 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2112 * @endcode
2113 *
2114 * @since 1.20
2115 */
2116 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2117
2118 /**
2119 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2120 *
2121 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2122 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2123 * block).
2124 *
2125 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2126 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2127 * connections.
2128 *
2129 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2130 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2131 * pooled.
2132 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2133 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2134 *
2135 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2136 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2137 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2138 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2139 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2140 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2141 *
2142 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2143 */
2144 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2148 *
2149 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2150 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2151 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2152 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2153 * - "<DB NAME>"
2154 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2155 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2156 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2157 * from these IDs.
2158 */
2159 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2160
2161 /**
2162 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2163 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2164 * show a more obvious warning.
2165 */
2166 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2167
2168 /**
2169 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2170 */
2171 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2175 */
2176 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2177
2178 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2179
2180 /************************************************************************//**
2181 * @name Text storage
2182 * @{
2183 */
2184
2185 /**
2186 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2187 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2188 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2189 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2190 */
2191 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2192
2193 /**
2194 * External stores allow including content
2195 * from non database sources following URL links.
2196 *
2197 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2198 * @code
2199 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2200 * @endcode
2201 *
2202 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2203 */
2204 $wgExternalStores = [];
2205
2206 /**
2207 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2208 *
2209 * @par Example:
2210 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2211 * @code
2212 * $wgExternalServers = [
2213 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2214 * ];
2215 * @endcode
2216 *
2217 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2218 * another class.
2219 */
2220 $wgExternalServers = [];
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2224 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2225 *
2226 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2227 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2228 *
2229 * @par Example:
2230 * @code
2231 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2232 * @endcode
2233 *
2234 * @var array
2235 */
2236 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2240 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2241 *
2242 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2243 */
2244 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2245
2246 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2247
2248 /************************************************************************//**
2249 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2250 * @{
2251 */
2252
2253 /**
2254 * Disable database-intensive features
2255 */
2256 $wgMiserMode = false;
2257
2258 /**
2259 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2260 */
2261 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2262
2263 /**
2264 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2265 */
2266 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2270 */
2271 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2272
2273 /**
2274 * Enable slow parser functions
2275 */
2276 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2277
2278 /**
2279 * Allow schema updates
2280 */
2281 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2282
2283 /**
2284 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2285 */
2286 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2290 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2291 */
2292 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2293
2294 /**
2295 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2296 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2297 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2298 * @since 1.26
2299 */
2300 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2301
2302 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2303
2304 /************************************************************************//**
2305 * @name Cache settings
2306 * @{
2307 */
2308
2309 /**
2310 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2311 * from the web.
2312 *
2313 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2314 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2315 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2316 */
2317 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2318
2319 /**
2320 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2321 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2322 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2323 *
2324 * The options are:
2325 *
2326 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2327 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2328 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2329 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2330 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2331 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2332 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2333 *
2334 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2335 */
2336 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2337
2338 /**
2339 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2340 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2341 *
2342 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2343 */
2344 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2348 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2349 *
2350 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2351 */
2352 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2353
2354 /**
2355 * The cache type for storing session data.
2356 *
2357 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2363 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2364 *
2365 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2366 *
2367 * @since 1.20
2368 */
2369 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2373 *
2374 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2375 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2376 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2377 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2378 *
2379 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2380 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2381 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2382 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2383 */
2384 $wgObjectCaches = [
2385 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2386 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2387
2388 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2389 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2390 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2391
2392 'db-replicated' => [
2393 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2394 'readFactory' => [
2395 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2396 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2397 ],
2398 'writeFactory' => [
2399 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2400 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2401 ],
2402 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2403 'reportDupes' => false
2404 ],
2405
2406 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2407 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2408 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2409 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2410 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2411 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2412 ];
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2416 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2417 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2418 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2419 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2420 *
2421 * The options are:
2422 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2423 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2424 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2425 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2426 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2427 * @since 1.26
2428 */
2429 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2433 *
2434 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2435 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2436 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2437 *
2438 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2439 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2440 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "loggroup" parameter controls
2441 * where log events are sent.
2442 *
2443 * @since 1.26
2444 */
2445 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2446 CACHE_NONE => [
2447 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2448 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE
2449 ]
2450 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2451 'memcached-php' => [
2452 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2453 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php'
2454 ]
2455 */
2456 ];
2457
2458 /**
2459 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2460 *
2461 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2462 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2463 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2464 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2465 *
2466 * @var bool
2467 * @since 1.29
2468 */
2469 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2470
2471 /**
2472 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2473 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2474 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2475 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2476 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2477 *
2478 * The options are:
2479 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2480 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2481 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2482 *
2483 * @since 1.26
2484 */
2485 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2486
2487 /**
2488 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2489 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2490 */
2491 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2492
2493 /**
2494 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2495 */
2496 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2500 *
2501 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2502 *
2503 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2504 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2505 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2506 * others' cookies.
2507 *
2508 * @since 1.27
2509 * @var string
2510 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2511 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2512 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2513 */
2514 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2515
2516 /**
2517 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2518 *
2519 * @since 1.28
2520 */
2521 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2522
2523 /**
2524 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2525 */
2526 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2527
2528 /**
2529 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2530 */
2531 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2532
2533 /**
2534 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2535 * requests.
2536 */
2537 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2538
2539 /**
2540 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2541 */
2542 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2546 *
2547 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2548 *
2549 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2550 *
2551 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2552 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2553 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2554 */
2555 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2559 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2560 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2561 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2562 */
2563 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2567 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2568 *
2569 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2570 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2571 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2572 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2573 * otherwise the database will be used.
2574 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2575 * store static arrays.
2576 *
2577 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2578 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2579 *
2580 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2581 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2582 * will be used.
2583 *
2584 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2585 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2586 */
2587 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2588 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2589 'store' => 'detect',
2590 'storeClass' => false,
2591 'storeDirectory' => false,
2592 'manualRecache' => false,
2593 ];
2594
2595 /**
2596 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2597 */
2598 $wgCachePages = true;
2599
2600 /**
2601 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2602 * client-side and server-side caching.
2603 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2604 * @verbatim
2605 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2606 * @endverbatim
2607 */
2608 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2609
2610 /**
2611 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2612 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2613 */
2614 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2615
2616 /**
2617 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2618 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2619 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2620 */
2621 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2625 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2626 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2627 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2628 */
2629 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2633 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2634 */
2635 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2636
2637 /**
2638 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2639 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2640 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2641 *
2642 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2643 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2644 * don't update as expected.
2645 */
2646 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2647
2648 /**
2649 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2650 */
2651 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2655 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2656 *
2657 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2658 */
2659 $wgUseGzip = false;
2660
2661 /**
2662 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2663 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2664 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2665 *
2666 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2667 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2668 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2669 */
2670 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2674 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2675 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2676 *
2677 * @par Example:
2678 * @code
2679 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2680 * @endcode
2681 *
2682 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2683 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2684 *
2685 * @var int|bool
2686 */
2687 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2688
2689 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2690
2691 /************************************************************************//**
2692 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2693 *
2694 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2695 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2696 *
2697 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2698 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2699 * more details.
2700 *
2701 * @{
2702 */
2703
2704 /**
2705 * Enable/disable CDN.
2706 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2707 */
2708 $wgUseSquid = false;
2709
2710 /**
2711 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2712 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2713 */
2714 $wgUseESI = false;
2715
2716 /**
2717 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2718 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-httpbis-key/ for details.
2719 * @since 1.27
2720 * @deprecated in 1.32, the IETF spec expired without becoming a standard.
2721 */
2722 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2723
2724 /**
2725 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2726 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2727 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2728 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2729 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2730 * HTTP redirects.
2731 */
2732 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2733
2734 /**
2735 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2736 *
2737 * @par Example:
2738 * @code
2739 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2740 * @endcode
2741 */
2742 $wgInternalServer = false;
2743
2744 /**
2745 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2746 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2747 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2748 *
2749 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2750 */
2751 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2752
2753 /**
2754 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2755 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2756 * @since 1.27
2757 */
2758 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2759
2760 /**
2761 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2762 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2763 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2764 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2765 *
2766 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2767 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2768 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2769 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2770 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2771 *
2772 * @since 1.27
2773 */
2774 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2775
2776 /**
2777 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2778 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2779 * @since 1.27
2780 */
2781 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2782
2783 /**
2784 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2785 *
2786 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2787 */
2788 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2789
2790 /**
2791 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2792 *
2793 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2794 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2795 *
2796 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2797 */
2798 $wgSquidServers = [];
2799
2800 /**
2801 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2802 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2803 * CIDR blocks.
2804 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2805 */
2806 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2807
2808 /**
2809 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2810 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2811 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2812 *
2813 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2814 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2815 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2816 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2817 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2818 *
2819 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2820 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2821 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2822 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2823 * reverse).
2824 *
2825 * @since 1.21
2826 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2827 */
2828 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2829
2830 /**
2831 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2832 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2833 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2834 *
2835 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2836 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2837 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2838 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2839 *
2840 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2841 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2842 * @code
2843 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2844 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2845 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2846 * 'port' => 4827,
2847 * ],
2848 * '' => [
2849 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2850 * 'port' => 4827,
2851 * ],
2852 * ];
2853 * @endcode
2854 *
2855 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2856 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2857 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2858 *
2859 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2860 * @code
2861 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2862 * '' => [
2863 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2864 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2865 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2866 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2867 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2868 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2869 * ],
2870 * ];
2871 * @endcode
2872 *
2873 * @since 1.22
2874 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2875 */
2876 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2877
2878 /**
2879 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2880 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2881 */
2882 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2883
2884 /**
2885 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2886 */
2887 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2888
2889 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2890
2891 /************************************************************************//**
2892 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2893 * @{
2894 */
2895
2896 /**
2897 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2898 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2899 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2900 *
2901 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2902 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2903 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2904 *
2905 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2906 * change it in their preferences.
2907 *
2908 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2909 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2910 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2911 */
2912 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2913
2914 /**
2915 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2916 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2917 */
2918 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2922 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2923 *
2924 * @par Example:
2925 * @code
2926 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2927 * @endcode
2928 */
2929 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2930
2931 /**
2932 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2933 */
2934 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2935
2936 /**
2937 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2938 */
2939 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2940
2941 /**
2942 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2943 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2944 * Notes:
2945 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2946 * map.
2947 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2948 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2949 * this array.
2950 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2951 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2952 * the prefix in this array.
2953 */
2954 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2955
2956 /**
2957 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2958 */
2959 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2960
2961 /**
2962 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2963 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2964 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2965 *
2966 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2967 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2968 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2969 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2970 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2971 *
2972 * @since 1.29
2973 */
2974 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2975 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
2976 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2977 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2978
2979 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
2980 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2981 ];
2982
2983 /**
2984 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2985 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2986 *
2987 * @deprecated since 1.29
2988 */
2989 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2990
2991 /**
2992 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2993 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2994 * set to "ar".
2995 *
2996 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2997 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2998 *
2999 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3000 */
3001 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3002
3003 /**
3004 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3005 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3006 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3007 * support these characters.
3008 *
3009 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3010 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3011 *
3012 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3013 */
3014 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3018 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3019 * impact.
3020 *
3021 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3022 * details.
3023 *
3024 * @since 1.17
3025 */
3026 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3030 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3031 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3032 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3033 *
3034 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3035 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3036 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3037 */
3038 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3042 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3043 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3044 *
3045 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3046 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3047 * to remain viewable.
3048 *
3049 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3050 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3051 */
3052 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3053
3054 /**
3055 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3056 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3057 */
3058 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3059
3060 /**
3061 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3062 * numerals in interface.
3063 */
3064 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3065
3066 /**
3067 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3068 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3069 */
3070 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3074 */
3075 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3076
3077 /**
3078 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3079 */
3080 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3081
3082 /**
3083 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3084 */
3085 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3086
3087 /**
3088 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3089 */
3090 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3091
3092 /**
3093 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3094 */
3095 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3096
3097 /**
3098 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3099 * used to ease variant development work.
3100 */
3101 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3102
3103 /**
3104 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3105 *
3106 * @par Example:
3107 * @code
3108 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3109 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3110 * @endcode
3111 */
3112 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3113
3114 /**
3115 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3116 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3117 * language variant.
3118 *
3119 * @par Example:
3120 * @code
3121 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3122 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3123 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3124 * @endcode
3125 *
3126 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3127 *
3128 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3129 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3130 */
3131 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3132
3133 /**
3134 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3135 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3136 * customise these.
3137 */
3138 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3139
3140 /**
3141 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3142 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3143 *
3144 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3145 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3146 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3147 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3148 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3149 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3150 * the default behavior.
3151 *
3152 * @par Example:
3153 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3154 * portal:
3155 * @code
3156 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3157 * @endcode
3158 */
3159 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3160
3161 /**
3162 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3163 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3164 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3165 *
3166 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3167 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3168 *
3169 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3170 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3171 *
3172 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3173 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3174 *
3175 * @par Examples:
3176 * @code
3177 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3178 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3179 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3180 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3181 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3182 * @endcode
3183 */
3184 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3188 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3189 *
3190 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3191 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3192 *
3193 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3194 */
3195 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3196
3197 /**
3198 * List of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
3199 * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
3200 * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
3201 * on why this is useful during php version transitions.
3202 *
3203 * @warning: EXPERIMENTAL!
3204 *
3205 * @since 1.34
3206 * @var array
3207 */
3208 $wgOverrideUcfirstCharacters = [];
3209
3210 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3211
3212 /*************************************************************************//**
3213 * @name Output format and skin settings
3214 * @{
3215 */
3216
3217 /**
3218 * The default Content-Type header.
3219 */
3220 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3221
3222 /**
3223 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3224 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3225 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3226 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3227 * @deprecated since 1.22
3228 */
3229 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3230
3231 /**
3232 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3233 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3234 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3235 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3236 * @deprecated since 1.22
3237 */
3238 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3242 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3243 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3244 * to true by Setup.php.
3245 * @deprecated since 1.22
3246 */
3247 $wgHtml5 = true;
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3251 *
3252 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3253 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3254 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3255 * @since 1.16
3256 */
3257 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3258
3259 /**
3260 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3261 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3262 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3263 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3264 * @since 1.24
3265 */
3266 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3270 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3271 * stable and change has been communicated.
3272 * @since 1.24
3273 */
3274 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3275
3276 /**
3277 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3278 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3279 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3280 *
3281 * @since 1.28
3282 */
3283 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3284
3285 /**
3286 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3287 *
3288 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3289 *
3290 * @par Example:
3291 * @code
3292 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3293 * @endcode
3294 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3295 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3296 *
3297 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3298 */
3299 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3300
3301 /**
3302 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3303 *
3304 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3305 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3306 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3307 */
3308 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3312 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3313 */
3314 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3315
3316 /**
3317 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3318 *
3319 * @since 1.24
3320 */
3321 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3322
3323 /**
3324 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3325 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3326 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3327 */
3328 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3329
3330 /**
3331 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3332 */
3333 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3334
3335 /**
3336 * Allow user Javascript page?
3337 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3338 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3339 */
3340 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3341
3342 /**
3343 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3344 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3345 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3346 */
3347 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3348
3349 /**
3350 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3351 *
3352 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3353 * are availabe to users.
3354 */
3355 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3359 */
3360 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3361
3362 /**
3363 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3364 */
3365 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3366
3367 /**
3368 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3369 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3370 */
3371 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3372
3373 /**
3374 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3375 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3376 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3377 *
3378 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3379 *
3380 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3381 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3382 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3383 *
3384 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3385 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3386 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3387 * recommended.
3388 *
3389 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3390 * not just edit pages.
3391 */
3392 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3393
3394 /**
3395 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3396 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3397 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3398 * Options are:
3399 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3400 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3401 * - false: Allow all framing.
3402 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3403 */
3404 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3405
3406 /**
3407 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3408 */
3409 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3410
3411 /**
3412 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3413 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3414 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3415 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3416 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3417 *
3418 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3419 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3420 * a page.
3421 *
3422 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3423 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3424 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3425 * would still work.
3426 *
3427 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3428 *
3429 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3430 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3431 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3432 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3433 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3434 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3435 * fragment mode is used.
3436 *
3437 * @since 1.30
3438 */
3439 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3440
3441 /**
3442 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3443 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3444 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3445 * to 'html5'.
3446 *
3447 * @since 1.30
3448 */
3449 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3450
3451 /**
3452 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3453 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3454 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3455 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3456 *
3457 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3458 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3459 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3460 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3461 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3462 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3463 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3464 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3465 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3466 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3467 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3468 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3469 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3470 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3471 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3472 * not be outputted
3473 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3474 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3475 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3476 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3477 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3478 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3479 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3480 */
3481 $wgFooterIcons = [
3482 "copyright" => [
3483 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3484 ],
3485 "poweredby" => [
3486 "mediawiki" => [
3487 // Defaults to point at
3488 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3489 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3490 "src" => null,
3491 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3492 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3493 ]
3494 ],
3495 ];
3496
3497 /**
3498 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3499 * to create an account.
3500 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3501 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3502 */
3503 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3504
3505 /**
3506 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3507 */
3508 $wgEdititis = false;
3509
3510 /**
3511 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3512 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3513 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3514 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3515 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3516 *
3517 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3518 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3519 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3520 */
3521 $wgSend404Code = true;
3522
3523 /**
3524 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3525 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3526 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3527 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3528 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3529 *
3530 * @since 1.20
3531 */
3532 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3533
3534 /**
3535 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3536 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3537 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3538 * unconditionally.
3539 */
3540 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3541
3542 /**
3543 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3544 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3545 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3546 * the domain root.
3547 *
3548 * @since 1.25
3549 */
3550 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3551
3552 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3553
3554 /*************************************************************************//**
3555 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3556 * @{
3557 */
3558
3559 /**
3560 * Client-side resource modules.
3561 *
3562 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3563 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3564 *
3565 * @par Example:
3566 * @code
3567 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3568 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3569 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3570 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3571 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3572 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3573 * ];
3574 * @endcode
3575 */
3576 $wgResourceModules = [];
3577
3578 /**
3579 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3580 *
3581 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3582 * not be modified or disabled.
3583 *
3584 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3585 *
3586 * @par Example:
3587 * @code
3588 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3589 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3590 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3591 * ];
3592 *
3593 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3594 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3595 * ];
3596 * @endcode
3597 *
3598 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3599 *
3600 * @par Equivalent:
3601 * @code
3602 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3603 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3604 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3605 * 'skinStyles' => [
3606 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3607 * ],
3608 * ];
3609 * @endcode
3610 *
3611 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3612 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3613 *
3614 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3615 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3616 *
3617 * @par Example:
3618 * @code
3619 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3620 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3621 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3622 * 'skinStyles' => [
3623 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3624 * ],
3625 * ];
3626 * // Note the '+' character:
3627 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3628 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3629 * ];
3630 * @endcode
3631 *
3632 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3633 *
3634 * @par Equivalent:
3635 * @code
3636 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3637 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3638 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3639 * 'skinStyles' => [
3640 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3641 * 'foo' => [
3642 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3643 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3644 * ],
3645 * ],
3646 * ];
3647 * @endcode
3648 *
3649 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3650 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3651 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3652 *
3653 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3654 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3655 *
3656 * @par Example:
3657 * @code
3658 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3659 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3660 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3661 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3662 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3663 * ];
3664 * @endcode
3665 */
3666 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3667
3668 /**
3669 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3670 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3671 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3672 *
3673 * @par Example:
3674 * @code
3675 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3676 * @endcode
3677 */
3678 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3679
3680 /**
3681 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3682 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3683 */
3684 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3685
3686 /**
3687 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3688 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3689 *
3690 * Following options to distinguish:
3691 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3692 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3693 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3694 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3695 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3696 *
3697 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3698 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3699 * client and MediaWiki.
3700 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3701 */
3702 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3703 'versioned' => [
3704 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3705 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3706 ],
3707 'unversioned' => [
3708 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3709 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3710 ],
3711 ];
3712
3713 /**
3714 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3715 *
3716 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3717 */
3718 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3719
3720 /**
3721 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3722 *
3723 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3724 */
3725 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3726
3727 /**
3728 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3729 *
3730 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3731 * work.
3732 *
3733 * @par Example of legacy code:
3734 * @code{,js}
3735 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3736 * @endcode
3737 * or:
3738 * @code{,js}
3739 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3740 * @endcode
3741 *
3742 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3743 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3744 * @code{,js}
3745 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3746 * @endcode
3747 * or:
3748 * @code{,js}
3749 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3750 * @endcode
3751 */
3752 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3753
3754 /**
3755 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3756 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3757 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3758 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3759 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3760 * that you can't increase.
3761 *
3762 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3763 * string length limit.
3764 *
3765 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3766 */
3767 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3768
3769 /**
3770 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3771 * prior to minification to validate it.
3772 *
3773 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3774 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3775 */
3776 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3777
3778 /**
3779 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3780 *
3781 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3782 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3783 *
3784 * @since 1.32
3785 */
3786 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3787
3788 /**
3789 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3790 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3791 */
3792 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3793
3794 /**
3795 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3796 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3797 *
3798 * @since 1.23
3799 */
3800 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3801
3802 /**
3803 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3804 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3805 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3806 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3807 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3808 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3809 * from the rest of the site.
3810 *
3811 * @since 1.25
3812 */
3813 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3814
3815 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3816
3817 /*************************************************************************//**
3818 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3819 * @{
3820 */
3821
3822 /**
3823 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3824 * used instead.
3825 */
3826 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3827
3828 /**
3829 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3830 *
3831 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3832 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3833 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3834 */
3835 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3839 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3840 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3841 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3842 * hook or extension.json.
3843 *
3844 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3845 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3846 * the new namespace name.
3847 *
3848 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3849 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3850 *
3851 * @par Example:
3852 * @code
3853 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3854 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3855 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3856 * 102 => "Aide",
3857 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3858 * ];
3859 * @endcode
3860 *
3861 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3862 */
3863 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3864
3865 /**
3866 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3867 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3868 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3869 * @since 1.18
3870 */
3871 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3872
3873 /**
3874 * Namespace aliases.
3875 *
3876 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3877 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3878 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3879 * name.
3880 *
3881 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3882 *
3883 * @par Example:
3884 * @code
3885 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3886 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3887 * 'Help' => 100,
3888 * ];
3889 * @endcode
3890 */
3891 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3892
3893 /**
3894 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3895 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3896 *
3897 * Problematic punctuation:
3898 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3899 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3900 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3901 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3902 * corrupted by apache
3903 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3904 *
3905 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3906 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3907 *
3908 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3909 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3910 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3911 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3912 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3913 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3914 *
3915 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3916 */
3917 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3918
3919 /**
3920 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3921 *
3922 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3923 */
3924 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3925
3926 /**
3927 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3928 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3929 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3930 *
3931 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3932 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3933 */
3934 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3935
3936 /**
3937 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3938 */
3939 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3940
3941 /**
3942 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3943 * @{
3944 */
3945
3946 /**
3947 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3948 * database (.cdb) file.
3949 *
3950 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3951 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3952 * formats such as the following:
3953 *
3954 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3955 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3956 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3957 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3958 *
3959 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3960 * data layout.
3961 *
3962 * @var bool|array|string
3963 */
3964 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3965
3966 /**
3967 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3968 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3969 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3970 * - 3: site levels
3971 */
3972 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3973
3974 /**
3975 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3976 */
3977 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3978
3979 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3980
3981 /**
3982 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3983 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3984 * as 'redirected from' links.
3985 *
3986 * @par Example:
3987 * It might look something like this:
3988 * @code
3989 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3990 * @endcode
3991 *
3992 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3993 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3994 * the URL.
3995 */
3996 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4000 *
4001 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4002 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4003 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4004 */
4005 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4006
4007 /**
4008 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
4009 * NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
4010 * setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
4011 * namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
4012 * ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
4013 * from NS_FILE.
4014 *
4015 * @par Example:
4016 * @code
4017 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4018 * @endcode
4019 */
4020 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4021
4022 /**
4023 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4024 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4025 */
4026 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4027 NS_TALK => true,
4028 NS_USER => true,
4029 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4030 NS_PROJECT => true,
4031 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4032 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4033 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4034 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4035 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4036 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4037 NS_HELP => true,
4038 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4039 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4040 ];
4041
4042 /**
4043 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4044 *
4045 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4046 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4047 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4048 *
4049 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4050 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4051 *
4052 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4053 * the new extension registration system.
4054 *
4055 * @since 1.23
4056 */
4057 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4058
4059 /**
4060 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4061 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4062 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4063 * number of articles in the wiki.
4064 */
4065 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4069 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4070 * be shown on that page.
4071 * @since 1.30
4072 */
4073 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4074
4075 /**
4076 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4077 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4078 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4079 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4080 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4081 */
4082 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4086 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4087 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4088 */
4089 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4090
4091 /**
4092 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4093 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4094 * will make the redirect fail.
4095 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4096 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4097 *
4098 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4099 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4100 */
4101 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4102
4103 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4104
4105 /************************************************************************//**
4106 * @name Parser settings
4107 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4108 * @{
4109 */
4110
4111 /**
4112 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4113 *
4114 * class The class name
4115 *
4116 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4117 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4118 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4119 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4120 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4121 *
4122 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4123 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4124 *
4125 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4126 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4127 * the configuration will change at runtime via Parser member functions, so
4128 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4129 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4130 * an extension setup function.
4131 */
4132 $wgParserConf = [
4133 'class' => Parser::class,
4134 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4135 ];
4136
4137 /**
4138 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4139 */
4140 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4141
4142 /**
4143 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4144 * by PPFrame::expand()
4145 */
4146 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4147
4148 /**
4149 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4150 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4151 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4152 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4153 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4154 *
4155 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4156 */
4157 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4158
4159 /**
4160 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4161 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4162 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4163 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4164 */
4165 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4166
4167 /**
4168 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4169 */
4170 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4171
4172 /**
4173 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4174 *
4175 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4176 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4177 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4178 * more information.
4179 *
4180 * @see wfParseUrl
4181 */
4182 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4183 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4184 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4185 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4186 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4187 ];
4188
4189 /**
4190 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4191 */
4192 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4193
4194 /**
4195 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4196 */
4197 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4198
4199 /**
4200 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4201 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4202 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4203 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4204 *
4205 * @par Examples:
4206 * @code
4207 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4208 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4209 * @endcode
4210 */
4211 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4212
4213 /**
4214 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4215 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4216 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4217 * The image will be displayed.
4218 *
4219 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4220 * Or false to disable it
4221 *
4222 * @since 1.14
4223 */
4224 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4225
4226 /**
4227 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4228 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4229 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4230 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4231 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4232 * sites they control.
4233 */
4234 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4235
4236 /**
4237 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4238 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4239 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4240 *
4241 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4242 *
4243 * Keys include:
4244 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4245 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4246 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4247 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4248 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4249 *
4250 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4251 *
4252 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4253 * production.
4254 */
4255 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4256
4257 /**
4258 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4259 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4260 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4261 */
4262 $wgRawHtml = false;
4263
4264 /**
4265 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4266 *
4267 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4268 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4269 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4270 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4271 * to some of your users.
4272 */
4273 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4274
4275 /**
4276 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4277 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4278 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4279 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4280 */
4281 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4282
4283 /**
4284 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4285 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4286 */
4287 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4288
4289 /**
4290 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4291 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4292 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4293 *
4294 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4295 *
4296 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4297 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4298 * etc.
4299 *
4300 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4301 */
4302 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4303
4304 /**
4305 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4306 */
4307 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4308
4309 /**
4310 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4311 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4312 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4313 */
4314 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4315
4316 /**
4317 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4318 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4319 */
4320 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4321
4322 /**
4323 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4324 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4325 */
4326 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4327
4328 /**
4329 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4330 */
4331 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4332
4333 /**
4334 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4335 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4336 */
4337 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4341 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4342 *
4343 * @since 1.28
4344 */
4345 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4346 'ISBN' => false,
4347 'PMID' => false,
4348 'RFC' => false
4349 ];
4350
4351 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4352
4353 /************************************************************************//**
4354 * @name Statistics
4355 * @{
4356 */
4357
4358 /**
4359 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4360 * as a valid article.
4361 *
4362 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4363 *
4364 * This variable can have the following values:
4365 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4366 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4367 *
4368 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4369 *
4370 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4371 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4372 * script.
4373 */
4374 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4375
4376 /**
4377 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4378 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4379 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4380 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4381 * numbers between different wikis.
4382 */
4383 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4384
4385 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4386
4387 /************************************************************************//**
4388 * @name User accounts, authentication
4389 * @{
4390 */
4391
4392 /**
4393 * Central ID lookup providers
4394 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4395 * @since 1.27
4396 */
4397 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4398 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4399 ];
4400
4401 /**
4402 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4403 * @var string
4404 */
4405 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4406
4407 /**
4408 * Password policy for the wiki.
4409 * Structured as
4410 * [
4411 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
4412 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4413 * ]
4414 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4415 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4416 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
4417 * of options with the following keys:
4418 * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
4419 * - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
4420 * not let the user log in without changing the password
4421 * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
4422 * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
4423 * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
4424 * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
4425 * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
4426 * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
4427 * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
4428 * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
4429 * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
4430 *
4431 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4432 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4433 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4434 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4435 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4436 *
4437 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4438 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4439 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4440 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4441 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4442 *
4443 * The checks supported by core are:
4444 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4445 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4446 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4447 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4448 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4449 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4450 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4451 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4452 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4453 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4454 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4455 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4456 * Deprecated since 1.33. Use PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist instead.
4457 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4458 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4459 * is a probabilistic test.
4460 *
4461 * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
4462 * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
4463 * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
4464 * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
4465 * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
4466 * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
4467 *
4468 * @since 1.26
4469 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4470 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4471 */
4472 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4473 'policies' => [
4474 'bureaucrat' => [
4475 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4476 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4477 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4478 ],
4479 'sysop' => [
4480 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4481 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4482 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4483 ],
4484 'interface-admin' => [
4485 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4486 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4487 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4488 ],
4489 'bot' => [
4490 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4491 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4492 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4493 ],
4494 'default' => [
4495 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4496 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4497 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4498 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4499 ],
4500 ],
4501 'checks' => [
4502 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4503 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4504 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4505 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4506 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4507 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4508 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4509 ],
4510 ];
4511
4512 /**
4513 * Configure AuthManager
4514 *
4515 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4516 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4517 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4518 * (default is 0).
4519 *
4520 * Elements are:
4521 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4522 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4523 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4524 *
4525 * @since 1.27
4526 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4527 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4528 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4529 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4530 */
4531 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4532
4533 /**
4534 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4535 * @since 1.27
4536 */
4537 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4538 'preauth' => [
4539 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4540 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4541 'sort' => 0,
4542 ],
4543 ],
4544 'primaryauth' => [
4545 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4546 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4547 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4548 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4549 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4550 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4551 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4552 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4553 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4554 'args' => [ [
4555 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4556 'authoritative' => false,
4557 ] ],
4558 'sort' => 0,
4559 ],
4560 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4561 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4562 'args' => [ [
4563 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4564 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4565 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4566 // password") if it too fails.
4567 'authoritative' => true,
4568 ] ],
4569 'sort' => 100,
4570 ],
4571 ],
4572 'secondaryauth' => [
4573 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4574 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4578 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4579 'sort' => 100,
4580 ],
4581 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4582 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4583 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4584 // 'sort' => 100,
4585 // ],
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'sort' => 200,
4589 ],
4590 ],
4591 ];
4592
4593 /**
4594 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4595 *
4596 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4597 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4598 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4599 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4600 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4601 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4602 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4603 * that needs to do this.
4604 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4605 * the last X seconds.
4606 * - Come up with a third option.
4607 *
4608 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4609 * "X seconds".
4610 *
4611 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4612 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4613 * - LinkAccounts
4614 * - UnlinkAccount
4615 * - ChangeCredentials
4616 * - RemoveCredentials
4617 * - ChangeEmail
4618 *
4619 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4620 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4621 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4622 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4623 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4624 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4625 *
4626 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4627 *
4628 * @since 1.27
4629 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4630 */
4631 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4632 'default' => 300,
4633 ];
4634
4635 /**
4636 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4637 *
4638 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4639 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4640 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4641 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4642 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4643 *
4644 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4645 *
4646 * @since 1.27
4647 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4648 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4649 */
4650 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4651 'default' => true,
4652 ];
4653
4654 /**
4655 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4656 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4657 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4658 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4659 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4660 * @since 1.27
4661 * @var string[]
4662 */
4663 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4664 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4665 ];
4666
4667 /**
4668 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4669 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4670 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4671 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4672 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4673 * @since 1.27
4674 * @var string[]
4675 */
4676 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4677 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4678 ];
4679
4680 /**
4681 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4682 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4683 */
4684 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4685
4686 /**
4687 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4688 * words are allowed.
4689 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4690 */
4691 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4692
4693 /**
4694 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4695 *
4696 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4697 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4698 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4699 *
4700 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4701 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4702 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4703 */
4704 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4705
4706 /**
4707 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4708 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4709 * @since 1.23
4710 */
4711 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4712
4713 /**
4714 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4715 *
4716 * @since 1.24
4717 */
4718 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4719
4720 /**
4721 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4722 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4723 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4724 *
4725 * An advanced example:
4726 * @code
4727 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4728 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4729 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4730 * 'secrets' => [
4731 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4732 * ],
4733 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4734 * ];
4735 * @endcode
4736 *
4737 * @since 1.24
4738 */
4739 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4740 'A' => [
4741 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4742 ],
4743 'B' => [
4744 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4745 ],
4746 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4747 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4748 'types' => [
4749 'A',
4750 'pbkdf2',
4751 ],
4752 ],
4753 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4754 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4755 'types' => [
4756 'B',
4757 'pbkdf2',
4758 ],
4759 ],
4760 'bcrypt' => [
4761 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4762 'cost' => 9,
4763 ],
4764 'pbkdf2' => [
4765 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4766 'algo' => 'sha512',
4767 'cost' => '30000',
4768 'length' => '64',
4769 ],
4770 'argon2' => [
4771 'class' => Argon2Password::class,
4772
4773 // Algorithm used:
4774 // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
4775 // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
4776 // * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
4777 // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
4778 // older versions might would not understand.
4779 'algo' => 'auto',
4780
4781 // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
4782 // Set them to override that function's defaults.
4783 //
4784 // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
4785 // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
4786 // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
4787 ],
4788 ];
4789
4790 /**
4791 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4792 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4793 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4794 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4795 */
4796 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4797 'username' => true,
4798 'email' => true,
4799 ];
4800
4801 /**
4802 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4803 */
4804 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4805
4806 /**
4807 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4808 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4809 */
4810 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4811
4812 /**
4813 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4814 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4815 */
4816 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4817 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4818 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4819 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4820 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4821 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4822 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4823 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4824 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4825 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4826 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4827 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4828 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4829 ];
4830
4831 /**
4832 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4833 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4834 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4835 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4836 */
4837 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4838 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4839 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4840 'date' => 'default',
4841 'diffonly' => 0,
4842 'disablemail' => 0,
4843 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4844 'editondblclick' => 0,
4845 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4846 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4847 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4848 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4849 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4850 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4851 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4852 'fancysig' => 0,
4853 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4854 'gender' => 'unknown',
4855 'hideminor' => 0,
4856 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4857 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4858 'imagesize' => 2,
4859 'minordefault' => 0,
4860 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4861 'nickname' => '',
4862 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4863 'numberheadings' => 0,
4864 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4865 'previewontop' => 1,
4866 'rcdays' => 7,
4867 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4868 'rclimit' => 50,
4869 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4870 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4871 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4872 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
4873 'skin' => false,
4874 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4875 'thumbsize' => 5,
4876 'underline' => 2,
4877 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4878 'usenewrc' => 1,
4879 'watchcreations' => 1,
4880 'watchdefault' => 1,
4881 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4882 'watchuploads' => 1,
4883 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4884 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4887 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4888 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4889 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4890 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4891 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4892 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4893 'watchmoves' => 0,
4894 'watchrollback' => 0,
4895 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4896 'wllimit' => 250,
4897 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4898 'prefershttps' => 1,
4899 ];
4900
4901 /**
4902 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4903 */
4904 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4905
4906 /**
4907 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4908 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4909 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4910 */
4911 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4912
4913 /**
4914 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4915 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4916 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4917 *
4918 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4919 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4920 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4921 */
4922 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4923
4924 /**
4925 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4926 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4927 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4928 * @since 1.17
4929 */
4930 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4931
4932 /**
4933 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4934 *
4935 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4936 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4937 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4938 *
4939 * @since 1.27
4940 * @var string|null
4941 */
4942 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4943
4944 /**
4945 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4946 *
4947 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4948 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4949 *
4950 * @since 1.27
4951 */
4952 $wgSessionProviders = [
4953 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4954 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4955 'args' => [ [
4956 'priority' => 30,
4957 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4958 ] ],
4959 ],
4960 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4961 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4962 'args' => [ [
4963 'priority' => 75,
4964 ] ],
4965 ],
4966 ];
4967
4968 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4969
4970 /************************************************************************//**
4971 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4972 * @{
4973 */
4974
4975 /**
4976 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4977 */
4978 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4979
4980 /**
4981 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4982 *
4983 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
4984 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
4985 * restrictions.
4986 */
4987 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4988
4989 /**
4990 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4991 */
4992 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4993
4994 /**
4995 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4996 *
4997 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4998 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4999 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5000 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5001 *
5002 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5003 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5004 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5005 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5006 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5007 */
5008 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5009 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5010 'IPv6' => 19,
5011 ];
5012
5013 /**
5014 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5015 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5016 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5017 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5018 * anonymous visitors.
5019 */
5020 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5021
5022 /**
5023 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5024 *
5025 * @par Example:
5026 * @code
5027 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5028 * @endcode
5029 *
5030 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5031 *
5032 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5033 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5034 *
5035 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5036 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5037 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5038 *
5039 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5040 * hook instead.
5041 */
5042 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5043
5044 /**
5045 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5046 *
5047 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5048 * is without underscore.
5049 *
5050 * @par Example:
5051 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5052 * @code
5053 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5054 * @endcode
5055 *
5056 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5057 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5058 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5059 *
5060 * @par Example:
5061 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5062 * @code
5063 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5064 * @endcode
5065 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5066 *
5067 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5068 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5069 */
5070 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5071
5072 /**
5073 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5074 * address before being allowed to edit?
5075 */
5076 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5077
5078 /**
5079 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5080 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5081 */
5082 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5083
5084 /**
5085 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5086 *
5087 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5088 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5089 *
5090 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5091 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5092 *
5093 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5094 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5095 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5096 * in in the user_groups table.
5097 *
5098 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5099 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5100 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5101 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5102 *
5103 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5104 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5105 *
5106 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5107 */
5108 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5109
5110 /** @cond file_level_code */
5111 // Implicit group for all visitors
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5123 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5124
5125 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5148
5149 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5152
5153 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5154 // from various log pages by default
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5163
5164 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5168 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5170 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5172 // can view deleted revision text
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5204 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5205 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5209
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5217
5218 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5221 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5222 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5223 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5224 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5225
5226 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5227 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5228 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5230 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5231 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5232 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5233 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5234 // For private suppression log access
5235 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5236
5237 /**
5238 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5239 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5240 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5241 * server.
5242 */
5243 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5244
5245 /** @endcond */
5246
5247 /**
5248 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5249 *
5250 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5251 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5252 *
5253 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5254 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5255 */
5256 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5257
5258 /**
5259 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5260 */
5261 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5262
5263 /**
5264 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5265 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5266 *
5267 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5268 * group".
5269 *
5270 * @par Example:
5271 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5272 * @code
5273 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5274 * @endcode
5275 *
5276 * @par Example:
5277 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5278 * @code
5279 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5280 * @endcode
5281 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5282 * any group that they happen to be in.
5283 */
5284 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5285
5286 /**
5287 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5288 */
5289 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5290
5291 /**
5292 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5293 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5294 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5295 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5296 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5297 */
5298 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5299
5300 /**
5301 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5302 *
5303 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5304 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5305 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5306 *
5307 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5308 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5309 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5310 */
5311 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5312
5313 /**
5314 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5315 *
5316 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5317 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5318 *
5319 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5320 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5321 */
5322 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5326 *
5327 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5328 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5329 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5330 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5331 * "semiprotected".
5332 *
5333 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5334 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5335 */
5336 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5337
5338 /**
5339 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5340 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5341 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5342 *
5343 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5344 */
5345 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5346
5347 /**
5348 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5349 *
5350 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5351 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5352 *
5353 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5354 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5355 */
5356 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5357
5358 /**
5359 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5360 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5361 * privileges of new accounts.
5362 *
5363 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5364 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5365 *
5366 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5367 *
5368 * @par Example:
5369 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5370 * @code
5371 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5372 * @endcode
5373 * Set age to one day:
5374 * @code
5375 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5376 * @endcode
5377 */
5378 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5379
5380 /**
5381 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5382 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5383 *
5384 * @par Example:
5385 * @code
5386 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5387 * @endcode
5388 */
5389 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5390
5391 /**
5392 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5393 *
5394 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5395 *
5396 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5397 * 'groupname' => cond,
5398 * 'group2' => cond2,
5399 * );
5400 *
5401 * A `cond` may be:
5402 * - a single condition without arguments:
5403 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5404 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5405 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5406 * - a single condition with arguments:
5407 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5408 * - a set of conditions:
5409 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5410 *
5411 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5412 * - `&` (**AND**):
5413 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5414 * - `|` (**OR**):
5415 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5416 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5417 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5418 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5419 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5420 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5421 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5422 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5423 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5424 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5425 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5426 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5427 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5428 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5429 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5430 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5431 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5432 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5433 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5434 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5435 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5436 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5437 * true if the user is blocked
5438 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5439 * true if the user is a bot
5440 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5441 *
5442 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5443 * linked by operands.
5444 *
5445 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5446 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5447 */
5448 $wgAutopromote = [
5449 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5450 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5451 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5452 ],
5453 ];
5454
5455 /**
5456 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5457 *
5458 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5459 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5460 *
5461 * The format is:
5462 * @code
5463 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5464 * @endcode
5465 * Where event is either:
5466 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5467 *
5468 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5469 *
5470 * @see $wgAutopromote
5471 * @since 1.18
5472 */
5473 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5474 'onEdit' => [],
5475 ];
5476
5477 /**
5478 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5479 * @since 1.18
5480 */
5481 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5482
5483 /**
5484 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5485 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5486 *
5487 * @par Example:
5488 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5489 * @code
5490 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5491 * @endcode
5492 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5493 * @code
5494 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5495 * @endcode
5496 * Sysops can make bots:
5497 * @code
5498 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5499 * @endcode
5500 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5501 * @code
5502 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5503 * @endcode
5504 */
5505 $wgAddGroups = [];
5506
5507 /**
5508 * @see $wgAddGroups
5509 */
5510 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5511
5512 /**
5513 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5514 * For extensions only.
5515 */
5516 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5517
5518 /**
5519 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5520 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5521 */
5522 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5523
5524 /**
5525 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5526 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5527 */
5528 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5529
5530 /**
5531 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5532 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5533 * This is limited for performance reason.
5534 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5535 * @since 1.23
5536 */
5537 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5538
5539 /**
5540 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5541 *
5542 * @par Example:
5543 * @code
5544 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5545 * // no more than 100 per month
5546 * [
5547 * 'count' => 100,
5548 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5549 * ],
5550 * // no more than 10 per day
5551 * [
5552 * 'count' => 10,
5553 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5554 * ],
5555 * ];
5556 * @endcode
5557 *
5558 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5559 */
5560 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5561 'count' => 0,
5562 'seconds' => 86400,
5563 ] ];
5564
5565 /**
5566 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5567 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5568 *
5569 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5570 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5571 *
5572 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5573 *
5574 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5575 */
5576 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5577
5578 /**
5579 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5580 */
5581 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5582
5583 /**
5584 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5585 * proxies
5586 * @since 1.16
5587 */
5588 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5589
5590 /**
5591 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5592 *
5593 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5594 * the blacklist require a key).
5595 *
5596 * @par Example:
5597 * @code
5598 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5599 * // String containing URL
5600 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5601 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5602 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5603 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5604 * // just use a string as shown above
5605 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5606 * ];
5607 * @endcode
5608 *
5609 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5610 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5611 * @since 1.16
5612 */
5613 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5614
5615 /**
5616 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5617 * what the other methods might say.
5618 */
5619 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5620
5621 /**
5622 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5623 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5624 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5625 * @since 1.29
5626 * @var string[]
5627 */
5628 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5629
5630 /**
5631 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5632 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5633 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5634 */
5635 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5636
5637 /**
5638 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5639 *
5640 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5641 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5642 * elapses.
5643 *
5644 * @par Example:
5645 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5646 * @code
5647 * $wgRateLimits = [
5648 * 'edit' => [
5649 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5650 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5651 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5652 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5653 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5654 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5655 * ]
5656 * ];
5657 * @endcode
5658 *
5659 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5660 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5661 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5662 * @code
5663 * $wgRateLimits = [
5664 * 'some-action' => [
5665 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5666 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5667 * ];
5668 * @endcode
5669 *
5670 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5671 */
5672 $wgRateLimits = [
5673 // Page edits
5674 'edit' => [
5675 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5676 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5677 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5678 ],
5679 // Page moves
5680 'move' => [
5681 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5682 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5683 ],
5684 // File uploads
5685 'upload' => [
5686 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5687 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5688 ],
5689 // Page rollbacks
5690 'rollback' => [
5691 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5692 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5693 ],
5694 // Triggering password resets emails
5695 'mailpassword' => [
5696 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5697 ],
5698 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5699 'emailuser' => [
5700 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5701 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5702 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5703 ],
5704 // Purging pages
5705 'purge' => [
5706 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5707 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5708 ],
5709 // Purges of link tables
5710 'linkpurge' => [
5711 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5712 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5713 ],
5714 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5715 'renderfile' => [
5716 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5717 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5718 ],
5719 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5720 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5721 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5722 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5723 ],
5724 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5725 'stashedit' => [
5726 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5727 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5728 ],
5729 // Adding or removing change tags
5730 'changetag' => [
5731 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5732 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5733 ],
5734 // Changing the content model of a page
5735 'editcontentmodel' => [
5736 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5737 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5738 ],
5739 ];
5740
5741 /**
5742 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5743 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5744 */
5745 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5746
5747 /**
5748 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5749 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5750 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5751 */
5752 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5753
5754 /**
5755 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5756 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5757 */
5758 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5759
5760 /**
5761 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5762 *
5763 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5764 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5765 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5766 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5767 *
5768 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5769 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5770 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5771 */
5772 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5773 // Short term limit
5774 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5775 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5776 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5777 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5778 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5779 ];
5780
5781 /**
5782 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5783 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5784 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5785 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5786 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5787 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5788 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5789 * @since 1.27
5790 */
5791 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5792
5793 // @TODO: clean up grants
5794 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5795
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5806
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5816
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5819
5820 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5859
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5864
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5868
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5870
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5878
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5880
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5883
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5885
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5887
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5889
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5893
5894 /**
5895 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5896 * @since 1.27
5897 */
5898 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5899 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5900 'basic' => 'hidden',
5901
5902 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5903 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5904 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5905 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5906
5907 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5908 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5909
5910 'sendemail' => 'email',
5911
5912 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5913 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5914
5915 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5916 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5917
5918 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5919 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5920 'rollback' => 'administration',
5921 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5922 'delete' => 'administration',
5923 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5924 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5925 'protect' => 'administration',
5926 'oversight' => 'administration',
5927 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5928
5929 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5930
5931 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5932 ];
5933
5934 /**
5935 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5936 * @since 1.27
5937 */
5938 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5939
5940 /**
5941 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5942 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5943 * @since 1.27
5944 */
5945 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5946
5947 /**
5948 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5949 *
5950 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5951 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5952 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5953 * @since 1.27
5954 */
5955 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5956
5957 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5958
5959 /************************************************************************//**
5960 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5961 * @{
5962 */
5963
5964 /**
5965 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5966 */
5967 $wgSecretKey = false;
5968
5969 /**
5970 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5971 *
5972 * This can have the following formats:
5973 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5974 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5975 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5976 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5977 */
5978 $wgProxyList = [];
5979
5980 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5981
5982 /************************************************************************//**
5983 * @name Cookie settings
5984 * @{
5985 */
5986
5987 /**
5988 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5989 */
5990 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5991
5992 /**
5993 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5994 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5995 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5996 * login cookies session-only.
5997 */
5998 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5999
6000 /**
6001 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6002 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6003 */
6004 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6005
6006 /**
6007 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6008 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6009 */
6010 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6011
6012 /**
6013 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6014 * - true: Set secure flag
6015 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6016 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6017 */
6018 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6019
6020 /**
6021 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6022 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6023 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6024 * check.
6025 */
6026 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6027
6028 /**
6029 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6030 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6031 * name to be used as a prefix.
6032 */
6033 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6034
6035 /**
6036 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6037 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6038 * XSS attack.
6039 */
6040 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6041
6042 /**
6043 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6044 */
6045 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6046
6047 /**
6048 * Override to customise the session name
6049 */
6050 $wgSessionName = false;
6051
6052 /**
6053 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6054 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6055 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6056 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6057 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6058 */
6059 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6060
6061 /**
6062 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6063 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6064 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6065 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6066 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6067 */
6068 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6069
6070 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6071
6072 /************************************************************************//**
6073 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6074 * @{
6075 */
6076
6077 /**
6078 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6079 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6080 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6081 * Please see math/README for more information.
6082 */
6083 $wgUseTeX = false;
6084
6085 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6086
6087 /************************************************************************//**
6088 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6089 *
6090 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6091 *
6092 * @{
6093 */
6094
6095 /**
6096 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6097 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6098 * may contain private data.
6099 */
6100 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6101
6102 /**
6103 * Prefix for debug log lines
6104 */
6105 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6106
6107 /**
6108 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6109 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6110 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6111 */
6112 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6113
6114 /**
6115 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6116 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6117 * and gen=js requests.
6118 */
6119 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6120
6121 /**
6122 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6123 *
6124 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6125 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6126 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6127 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6128 */
6129 $wgDebugComments = false;
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6133 *
6134 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6135 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6136 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6137 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6138 */
6139 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6143 *
6144 * @since 1.26
6145 */
6146 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6147 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6148 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6149 'GET' => [
6150 'masterConns' => 0,
6151 'writes' => 0,
6152 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6153 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6154 ],
6155 // HTTP POST requests.
6156 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6157 'POST' => [
6158 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6159 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6160 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6161 'maxAffected' => 1000
6162 ],
6163 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6164 'writes' => 0,
6165 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6166 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6167 ],
6168 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6169 'PostSend-GET' => [
6170 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6171 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6172 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6173 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6174 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6175 'masterConns' => 0,
6176 'writes' => 0,
6177 ],
6178 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6179 'PostSend-POST' => [
6180 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6181 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6182 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6183 'maxAffected' => 1000
6184 ],
6185 // Background job runner
6186 'JobRunner' => [
6187 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6188 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6189 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6190 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6191 ],
6192 // Command-line scripts
6193 'Maintenance' => [
6194 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6195 'maxAffected' => 1000
6196 ]
6197 ];
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6201 *
6202 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6203 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6204 * in production.
6205 *
6206 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6207 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6208 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6209 * - associative array with keys:
6210 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6211 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6212 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6213 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6214 *
6215 * @par Example:
6216 * @code
6217 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6218 * @endcode
6219 *
6220 * @par Advanced example:
6221 * @code
6222 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6223 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6224 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6225 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6226 * ];
6227 * @endcode
6228 */
6229 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6230
6231 /**
6232 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6233 *
6234 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6235 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6236 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6237 * details.
6238 *
6239 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6240 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6241 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6242 *
6243 * @par To completely disable logging:
6244 * @code
6245 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6246 * @endcode
6247 *
6248 * @since 1.25
6249 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6250 * @see MwLogger
6251 */
6252 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6253 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6254 ];
6255
6256 /**
6257 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6258 *
6259 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6260 */
6261 $wgShowDebug = false;
6262
6263 /**
6264 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6265 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6266 */
6267 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6271 */
6272 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6273
6274 /**
6275 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6276 */
6277 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6278
6279 /**
6280 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6281 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6282 * to an attacker.
6283 *
6284 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6285 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6286 */
6287 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6288
6289 /**
6290 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6291 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6292 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6293 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6294 */
6295 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6296
6297 /**
6298 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6299 *
6300 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6301 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6302 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6303 * exception handler.
6304 *
6305 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6306 */
6307 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6308
6309 /**
6310 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6311 */
6312 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6313
6314 /**
6315 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6316 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6317 */
6318 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6319
6320 /**
6321 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6322 */
6323 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6324
6325 /**
6326 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6327 * Should be a string, default false.
6328 * @since 1.20
6329 */
6330 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6331
6332 /**
6333 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6334 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6335 */
6336 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6337
6338 /**
6339 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6340 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6341 * after the limit.
6342 */
6343 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6344
6345 /**
6346 * Profiler configuration.
6347 *
6348 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6349 *
6350 * Example:
6351 *
6352 * @code
6353 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6354 * @endcode
6355 *
6356 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6357 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6358 *
6359 * @code
6360 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6361 * @endcode
6362 *
6363 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6364 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6365 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6366 *
6367 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6368 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6369 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6370 *
6371 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6372 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6373 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6374 *
6375 * @code
6376 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6377 * @endcode
6378 *
6379 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6380 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6381 *
6382 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6383 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6384 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6385 *
6386 * @code
6387 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6388 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6389 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6390 * @endcode
6391 *
6392 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6393 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6394 *
6395 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6396 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6397 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6398 *
6399 * @since 1.17.0
6400 */
6401 $wgProfiler = [];
6402
6403 /**
6404 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6405 *
6406 * @since 1.5.0
6407 */
6408 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6409
6410 /**
6411 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6412 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6413 */
6414 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6415
6416 /**
6417 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6418 *
6419 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6420 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6421 */
6422 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6423
6424 /**
6425 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6426 *
6427 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6428 *
6429 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6430 *
6431 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6432 * @since 1.25
6433 */
6434 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6435
6436 /**
6437 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6438 *
6439 * @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
6440 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6441 * @since 1.25
6442 */
6443 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6444
6445 /**
6446 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6447 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6448 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6449 * @since 1.28
6450 */
6451 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6452 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6453 ];
6454
6455 /**
6456 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6457 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6458 * templates.
6459 */
6460 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6461
6462 /**
6463 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6464 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6465 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6466 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6467 */
6468 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6469
6470 /**
6471 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6472 * filename is passed to it.
6473 *
6474 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6475 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6476 *
6477 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6478 *
6479 * Use full paths.
6480 *
6481 * @deprecated since 1.30
6482 */
6483 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6484
6485 /**
6486 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6487 */
6488 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6489
6490 /**
6491 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6492 * @since 1.19
6493 */
6494 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6495
6496 /**
6497 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6498 * queries and other useful output.
6499 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6500 *
6501 * @since 1.19
6502 */
6503 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6504
6505 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6506
6507 /************************************************************************//**
6508 * @name Search
6509 * @{
6510 */
6511
6512 /**
6513 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6514 */
6515 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6519 * by default off due to execution overhead
6520 */
6521 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6522
6523 /**
6524 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6525 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6526 */
6527 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6528
6529 /**
6530 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6531 *
6532 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6533 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6534 *
6535 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6536 *
6537 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6538 */
6539 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6540
6541 /**
6542 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6543 *
6544 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6545 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6546 *
6547 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6548 */
6549 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6550 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6551 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6552 ];
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6556 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6557 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6558 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6559 */
6560 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6561
6562 /**
6563 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6564 * OpenSearch call.
6565 */
6566 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6567
6568 /**
6569 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6570 */
6571 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6572
6573 /**
6574 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6575 */
6576 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6577
6578 /**
6579 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6580 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6581 */
6582 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6583
6584 /**
6585 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6586 *
6587 * @par Example:
6588 * @code
6589 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6590 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6591 * @endcode
6592 */
6593 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6594 NS_MAIN => true,
6595 ];
6596
6597 /**
6598 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6599 * implemented by an extension instead.
6600 */
6601 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6602
6603 /**
6604 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6605 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6606 * search term.
6607 *
6608 * @par Example:
6609 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6610 * @code
6611 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6612 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6613 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6614 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6615 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6616 * @endcode
6617 */
6618 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6619
6620 /**
6621 * Search form behavior.
6622 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6623 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6624 */
6625 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6626
6627 /**
6628 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6629 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6630 * generated for all namespaces.
6631 */
6632 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6633
6634 /**
6635 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6636 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6637 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6638 *
6639 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6640 * @par Example:
6641 * @code
6642 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6643 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6644 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6645 * ];
6646 * @endcode
6647 */
6648 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6649
6650 /**
6651 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6652 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6653 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6654 */
6655 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6656
6657 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6658
6659 /************************************************************************//**
6660 * @name Edit user interface
6661 * @{
6662 */
6663
6664 /**
6665 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6666 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6667 */
6668 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6669
6670 /**
6671 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6672 */
6673 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6674
6675 /**
6676 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6677 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6678 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6679 */
6680 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6681 NS_CATEGORY => true
6682 ];
6683
6684 /**
6685 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6686 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6687 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6688 */
6689 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6690
6691 /**
6692 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6693 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6694 * ting this variable false.
6695 */
6696 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6697
6698 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6699
6700 /************************************************************************//**
6701 * @name Maintenance
6702 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6703 * @{
6704 */
6705
6706 /**
6707 * @cond file_level_code
6708 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6709 */
6710 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6711 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6712 }
6713 /** @endcond */
6714
6715 /**
6716 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6717 */
6718 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6719
6720 /**
6721 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6722 * used as an explanation to users.
6723 *
6724 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6725 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6726 * option in MySQL.
6727 */
6728 $wgReadOnly = null;
6729
6730 /**
6731 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6732 * @var bool
6733 * @since 1.31
6734 */
6735 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6736
6737 /**
6738 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6739 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6740 * message.
6741 *
6742 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6743 */
6744 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6745
6746 /**
6747 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6748 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6749 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6750 *
6751 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6752 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6753 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6754 */
6755 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6756
6757 /**
6758 * Fully specified path to git binary
6759 */
6760 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6761
6762 /**
6763 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6764 *
6765 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6766 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6767 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6768 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6769 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6770 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6771 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6772 *
6773 * @since 1.20
6774 */
6775 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6776 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6777 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6778 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6779 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6780 ];
6781
6782 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6783
6784 /************************************************************************//**
6785 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6786 * @{
6787 */
6788
6789 /**
6790 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6791 * seconds will go.
6792 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6793 */
6794 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6795
6796 /**
6797 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6798 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6799 * @since 1.26
6800 */
6801 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6802
6803 /**
6804 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6805 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6806 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6807 * @since 1.26
6808 */
6809 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6810
6811 /**
6812 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6813 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6814 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6815 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6816 * is still there.
6817 */
6818 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6819
6820 /**
6821 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6822 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6823 */
6824 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6825
6826 /**
6827 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6828 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6829 */
6830 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6831
6832 /**
6833 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6834 *
6835 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6836 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6837 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6838 *
6839 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6840 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6841 * passed to the constructor.
6842 *
6843 * Common options:
6844 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6845 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6846 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6847 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6848 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6849 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6850 *
6851 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6852 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6853 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6854 * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
6855 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6856 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6857 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6858 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6859 *
6860 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6861 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6862 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6863 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6864 *
6865 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6866 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6867 *
6868 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6869 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6870 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6871 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6872 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6873 * ];
6874 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6875 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6876 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6877 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6878 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6879 * ];
6880 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6881 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6882 * ];
6883 * @since 1.22
6884 */
6885 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6886
6887 /**
6888 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6889 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6890 * @since 1.22
6891 */
6892 $wgRCEngines = [
6893 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6894 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6895 ];
6896
6897 /**
6898 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6899 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6900 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6901 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6902 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6903 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6904 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6905 *
6906 * @since 1.27
6907 */
6908 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6909
6910 /**
6911 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6912 * New pages and new files are included.
6913 *
6914 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6915 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6916 * Special:Log.
6917 */
6918 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6919
6920 /**
6921 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6922 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6923 * 0 to disable completely.
6924 */
6925 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6926
6927 /**
6928 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6929 *
6930 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6931 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6932 * Special:Log.
6933 */
6934 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6938 *
6939 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6940 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6941 * Special:Log.
6942 *
6943 * @since 1.27
6944 */
6945 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6946
6947 /**
6948 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6949 */
6950 $wgFeed = true;
6951
6952 /**
6953 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6954 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6955 */
6956 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6957
6958 /**
6959 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6960 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6961 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6962 *
6963 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6964 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6965 */
6966 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6967
6968 /**
6969 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6970 * pages larger than this size.
6971 */
6972 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6973
6974 /**
6975 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6976 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6977 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6978 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6979 * as value.
6980 * @par Example:
6981 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6982 * @code
6983 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6984 * @endcode
6985 */
6986 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6987
6988 /**
6989 * Available feeds objects.
6990 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6991 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6992 */
6993 $wgFeedClasses = [
6994 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6995 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6996 ];
6997
6998 /**
6999 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7000 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7001 */
7002 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7003
7004 /**
7005 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7006 */
7007 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7008
7009 /**
7010 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7011 */
7012 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7013
7014 /**
7015 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7016 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7017 * highlighted on the RC page.
7018 */
7019 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7020
7021 /**
7022 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7023 * view for watched pages with new changes
7024 */
7025 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7026
7027 /**
7028 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7029 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7030 */
7031 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7032
7033 /**
7034 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7035 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7036 */
7037 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7038
7039 /**
7040 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7041 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7042 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7043 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7044 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7045 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7046 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7047 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7048 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7049 *
7050 * @var array
7051 * @since 1.31
7052 */
7053 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7054 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7055 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7056 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7057 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7058 'mw-blank' => true,
7059 'mw-replace' => true,
7060 'mw-rollback' => true,
7061 'mw-undo' => true,
7062 ];
7063
7064 /**
7065 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7066 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7067 * watchers.
7068 *
7069 * @since 1.21
7070 */
7071 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7072
7073 /**
7074 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7075 * certain types of edits.
7076 *
7077 * To register a new one:
7078 * @code
7079 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7080 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7081 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7082 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7083 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7084 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7085 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7086 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7087 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7088 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7089 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7090 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7091 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7092 * ];
7093 * @endcode
7094 *
7095 * @since 1.22
7096 */
7097 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7098 'newpage' => [
7099 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7100 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7101 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7102 'grouping' => 'any',
7103 ],
7104 'minor' => [
7105 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7106 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7107 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7108 'class' => 'minoredit',
7109 'grouping' => 'all',
7110 ],
7111 'bot' => [
7112 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7113 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7114 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7115 'class' => 'botedit',
7116 'grouping' => 'all',
7117 ],
7118 'unpatrolled' => [
7119 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7120 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7121 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7122 'grouping' => 'any',
7123 ],
7124 ];
7125
7126 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7127
7128 /************************************************************************//**
7129 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7130 * @{
7131 */
7132
7133 /**
7134 * Override for copyright metadata.
7135 *
7136 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7137 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7138 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7139 */
7140 $wgRightsPage = null;
7141
7142 /**
7143 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7144 * wiki.
7145 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7146 */
7147 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7148
7149 /**
7150 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7151 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7152 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7153 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7154 */
7155 $wgRightsText = null;
7156
7157 /**
7158 * Override for copyright metadata.
7159 */
7160 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7161
7162 /**
7163 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7164 */
7165 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7166
7167 /**
7168 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7169 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7170 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7171 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7172 * large wikis.
7173 */
7174 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7175
7176 /**
7177 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7178 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7179 */
7180 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7181
7182 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7183
7184 /************************************************************************//**
7185 * @name Import / Export
7186 * @{
7187 */
7188
7189 /**
7190 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7191 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7192 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7193 *
7194 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7195 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7196 * e.g.
7197 * @code
7198 * $wgImportSources = [
7199 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7200 * 'wikispecies',
7201 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7202 * ];
7203 * @endcode
7204 *
7205 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7206 * the ImportSources hook.
7207 *
7208 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7209 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7210 */
7211 $wgImportSources = [];
7212
7213 /**
7214 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7215 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7216 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7217 *
7218 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7219 */
7220 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7221
7222 /**
7223 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7224 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7225 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7226 */
7227 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7228
7229 /**
7230 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7231 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7232 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7233 */
7234 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7235
7236 /**
7237 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7238 */
7239 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7240
7241 /**
7242 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7243 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7244 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7245 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7246 * it's disabled by default for now.
7247 *
7248 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7249 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7250 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7251 */
7252 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7253
7254 /**
7255 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7256 */
7257 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7258
7259 /**
7260 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7261 */
7262 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7263
7264 /**
7265 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7266 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7267 *
7268 * @since 1.27
7269 */
7270 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7271
7272 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7273
7274 /*************************************************************************//**
7275 * @name Extensions
7276 * @{
7277 */
7278
7279 /**
7280 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7281 * initialised
7282 */
7283 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7284
7285 /**
7286 * Extension messages files.
7287 *
7288 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7289 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7290 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7291 * is the most common.
7292 *
7293 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7294 * in the core.
7295 *
7296 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7297 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7298 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7299 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7300 *
7301 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7302 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7303 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7304 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7305 *
7306 * @par Example:
7307 * @code
7308 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7309 * @endcode
7310 */
7311 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7312
7313 /**
7314 * Extension messages directories.
7315 *
7316 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7317 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7318 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7319 * message directories.
7320 *
7321 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7322 *
7323 * @par Simple example:
7324 * @code
7325 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7326 * @endcode
7327 *
7328 * @par Complex example:
7329 * @code
7330 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7331 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7332 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7333 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7334 * ]
7335 * @endcode
7336 * @since 1.23
7337 */
7338 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7339
7340 /**
7341 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7342 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7343 * @since 1.22
7344 */
7345 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7346
7347 /**
7348 * Parser output hooks.
7349 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7350 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7351 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7352 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7353 *
7354 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7355 *
7356 * The callback has the form:
7357 * @code
7358 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7359 * @endcode
7360 */
7361 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7362
7363 /**
7364 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7365 */
7366 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7367
7368 /**
7369 * List of valid skin names
7370 *
7371 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7372 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7373 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7374 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7375 */
7376 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7377
7378 /**
7379 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7380 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7381 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7382 * SpecialPage.
7383 */
7384 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7385
7386 /**
7387 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7388 */
7389 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7390
7391 /**
7392 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7393 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7394 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7395 */
7396 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7397
7398 /**
7399 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7400 *
7401 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7402 *
7403 * @code
7404 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7405 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7406 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7407 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7408 * 'author' => [
7409 * 'Foo Barstein',
7410 * ],
7411 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7412 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7413 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7414 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7415 * ];
7416 * @endcode
7417 *
7418 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7419 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7420 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7421 * interpreted as wikitext.
7422 *
7423 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7424 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7425 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7426 *
7427 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7428 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7429 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7430 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7431 *
7432 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7433 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7434 * usually are.)
7435 *
7436 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7437 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7438 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7439 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7440 *
7441 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7442 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7443 *
7444 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7445 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7446 *
7447 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7448 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7449 */
7450 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7451
7452 /**
7453 * Global list of hooks.
7454 *
7455 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7456 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7457 * internally by Hook:run().
7458 *
7459 * The value can be one of:
7460 *
7461 * - A function name:
7462 * @code
7463 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7464 * @endcode
7465 * - A function with some data:
7466 * @code
7467 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7468 * @endcode
7469 * - A an object method:
7470 * @code
7471 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7472 * @endcode
7473 * - A closure:
7474 * @code
7475 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7476 * // Handler code goes here.
7477 * };
7478 * @endcode
7479 *
7480 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7481 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7482 *
7483 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7484 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7485 */
7486 $wgHooks = [];
7487
7488 /**
7489 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7490 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7491 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7492 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7493 * hook for that.
7494 *
7495 * @see MediaWikiServices
7496 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7497 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7498 */
7499 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7500 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7501 ];
7502
7503 /**
7504 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7505 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7506 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7507 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7508 * The callback takes (Title, array map of parameters) as arguments.
7509 */
7510 $wgJobClasses = [
7511 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7512 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7513 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7514 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7515 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7516 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7517 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7518 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7519 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7520 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7521 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7522 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7523 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7524 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7525 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7526 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7527 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7528 },
7529 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7530 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7531 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7532 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7533 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
7534 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7535 'null' => NullJob::class,
7536 ];
7537
7538 /**
7539 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7540 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7541 *
7542 * These can be:
7543 * - Very long-running jobs.
7544 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7545 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7546 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7547 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7548 */
7549 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7550
7551 /**
7552 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7553 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7554 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7555 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7556 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7557 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7558 * @var float[]
7559 */
7560 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7561
7562 /**
7563 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7564 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7565 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7566 *
7567 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7568 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7569 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7570 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7571 *
7572 * @var float|bool
7573 * @since 1.26
7574 */
7575 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7576
7577 /**
7578 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7579 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7580 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7581 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7582 */
7583 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7584 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7585 ];
7586
7587 /**
7588 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7589 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7590 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7591 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7592 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7593 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7594 * that limit is hit.
7595 *
7596 * @since 1.29
7597 */
7598 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7599
7600 /**
7601 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7602 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7603 */
7604 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7605 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7606 ];
7607
7608 /**
7609 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7610 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7611 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7612 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7613 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7614 */
7615 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7616 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7617 ];
7618
7619 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7620
7621 /*************************************************************************//**
7622 * @name Categories
7623 * @{
7624 */
7625
7626 /**
7627 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7628 */
7629 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7630
7631 /**
7632 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7633 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7634 */
7635 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7636
7637 /**
7638 * Paging limit for categories
7639 */
7640 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7641
7642 /**
7643 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7644 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7645 *
7646 * Available values are:
7647 *
7648 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7649 *
7650 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7651 *
7652 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7653 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7654 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7655 *
7656 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7657 * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7658 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7659 * server.
7660 *
7661 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7662 * the sort keys in the database.
7663 *
7664 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7665 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7666 */
7667 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7668
7669 /** @} */ # End categories }
7670
7671 /*************************************************************************//**
7672 * @name Logging
7673 * @{
7674 */
7675
7676 /**
7677 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7678 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7679 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7680 * log type.
7681 *
7682 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7683 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7684 */
7685 $wgLogTypes = [
7686 '',
7687 'block',
7688 'protect',
7689 'rights',
7690 'delete',
7691 'upload',
7692 'move',
7693 'import',
7694 'patrol',
7695 'merge',
7696 'suppress',
7697 'tag',
7698 'managetags',
7699 'contentmodel',
7700 ];
7701
7702 /**
7703 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7704 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7705 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7706 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7707 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7708 */
7709 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7710 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7711 ];
7712
7713 /**
7714 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7715 *
7716 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7717 *
7718 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7719 *
7720 * @par Example:
7721 * @code
7722 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7723 * @endcode
7724 *
7725 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7726 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7727 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7728 *
7729 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7730 * used for the link text.
7731 */
7732 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7733 'patrol' => true,
7734 'tag' => true,
7735 ];
7736
7737 /**
7738 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7739 * will be listed in the user interface.
7740 *
7741 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7742 *
7743 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7744 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7745 */
7746 $wgLogNames = [
7747 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7748 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7749 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7750 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7751 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7752 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7753 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7754 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7755 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7756 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7757 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7758 ];
7759
7760 /**
7761 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7762 * top of each log type.
7763 *
7764 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7765 *
7766 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7767 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7768 */
7769 $wgLogHeaders = [
7770 '' => 'alllogstext',
7771 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7772 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7773 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7774 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7775 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7776 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7777 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7778 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7779 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7780 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7781 ];
7782
7783 /**
7784 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7785 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7786 *
7787 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7788 */
7789 $wgLogActions = [];
7790
7791 /**
7792 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7793 * not messages.
7794 * @see LogPage::actionText
7795 * @see LogFormatter
7796 */
7797 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7798 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7799 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7800 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7801 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7802 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7803 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7804 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7805 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7806 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7807 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7808 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7809 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7810 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7811 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7812 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7813 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7814 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7815 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7816 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7817 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7818 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7819 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7820 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7821 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7822 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7823 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7824 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7825 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7826 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7827 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7828 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7829 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7830 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7831 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7832 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7833 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7834 ];
7835
7836 /**
7837 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7838 *
7839 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7840 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7841 * Extensions may append to this array
7842 * @since 1.27
7843 */
7844 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7845 'block' => [
7846 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7847 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7848 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7849 ],
7850 'contentmodel' => [
7851 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7852 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7853 ],
7854 'delete' => [
7855 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7856 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7857 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7858 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7859 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7860 ],
7861 'import' => [
7862 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7863 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7864 ],
7865 'managetags' => [
7866 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7867 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7868 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7869 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7870 ],
7871 'move' => [
7872 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7873 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7874 ],
7875 'newusers' => [
7876 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7877 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7878 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7879 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7880 ],
7881 'protect' => [
7882 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7883 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7884 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7885 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7886 ],
7887 'rights' => [
7888 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7889 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7890 ],
7891 'suppress' => [
7892 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7893 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7894 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7895 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7896 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7897 ],
7898 'upload' => [
7899 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7900 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7901 'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
7902 ],
7903 ];
7904
7905 /**
7906 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7907 */
7908 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7909
7910 /**
7911 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7912 * @since 1.32
7913 */
7914 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7915
7916 /** @} */ # end logging }
7917
7918 /*************************************************************************//**
7919 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7920 * @{
7921 */
7922
7923 /**
7924 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7925 */
7926 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7927
7928 /**
7929 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7930 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7931 */
7932 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7933
7934 /**
7935 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7936 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7937 */
7938 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7939
7940 /**
7941 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7942 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7943 */
7944 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7945
7946 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7947
7948 /*************************************************************************//**
7949 * @name Actions
7950 * @{
7951 */
7952
7953 /**
7954 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7955 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7956 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7957 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7958 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7959 * instead of the default class.
7960 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7961 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7962 */
7963 $wgActions = [
7964 'credits' => true,
7965 'delete' => true,
7966 'edit' => true,
7967 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7968 'history' => true,
7969 'info' => true,
7970 'markpatrolled' => true,
7971 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
7972 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
7973 'protect' => true,
7974 'purge' => true,
7975 'raw' => true,
7976 'render' => true,
7977 'revert' => true,
7978 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7979 'rollback' => true,
7980 'submit' => true,
7981 'unprotect' => true,
7982 'unwatch' => true,
7983 'view' => true,
7984 'watch' => true,
7985 ];
7986
7987 /** @} */ # end actions }
7988
7989 /*************************************************************************//**
7990 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7991 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7992 * @{
7993 */
7994
7995 /**
7996 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7997 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7998 * basis.
7999 */
8000 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8001
8002 /**
8003 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8004 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8005 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8006 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8007 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8008 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8009 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8010 *
8011 * @par Example:
8012 * @code
8013 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8014 * @endcode
8015 */
8016 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8017
8018 /**
8019 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8020 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8021 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8022 *
8023 * @par Example:
8024 * @code
8025 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8026 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8027 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8028 * ];
8029 * @endcode
8030 *
8031 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8032 * forms:
8033 * @code
8034 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8035 * # Underscore, not space!
8036 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8037 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8038 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8039 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8040 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8041 * ];
8042 * @endcode
8043 */
8044 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8045
8046 /**
8047 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8048 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8049 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8050 *
8051 * @par Example:
8052 * @code
8053 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8054 * @endcode
8055 */
8056 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8057
8058 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8059
8060 /************************************************************************//**
8061 * @name AJAX and API
8062 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8063 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8064 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8065 * @{
8066 */
8067
8068 /**
8069 *
8070 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8071 *
8072 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8073 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8074 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8075 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8076 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8077 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8078 * requiring POST.
8079 *
8080 * @since 1.21
8081 */
8082 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8083
8084 /**
8085 * API module extensions.
8086 *
8087 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8088 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8089 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8090 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8091 *
8092 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8093 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8094 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8095 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8096 * field.
8097 *
8098 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8099 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8100 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8101 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8102 *
8103 * Examples for registering API modules:
8104 *
8105 * @code
8106 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8107 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8108 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8109 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8110 * ];
8111 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8112 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8113 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8114 * ];
8115 * @endcode
8116 *
8117 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8118 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8119 */
8120 $wgAPIModules = [];
8121
8122 /**
8123 * API format module extensions.
8124 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8125 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8126 *
8127 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8128 */
8129 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8130
8131 /**
8132 * API Query meta module extensions.
8133 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8134 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8135 *
8136 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8137 */
8138 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8139
8140 /**
8141 * API Query prop module extensions.
8142 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8143 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8144 *
8145 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8146 */
8147 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8148
8149 /**
8150 * API Query list module extensions.
8151 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8152 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8153 *
8154 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8155 */
8156 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8157
8158 /**
8159 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8160 * The default value is generally fine
8161 */
8162 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8163
8164 /**
8165 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8166 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8167 */
8168 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8169
8170 /**
8171 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8172 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8173 */
8174 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8175
8176 /**
8177 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8178 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8179 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8180 */
8181 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8182
8183 /**
8184 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8185 * API request logging
8186 */
8187 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8188
8189 /**
8190 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8191 */
8192 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8193
8194 /**
8195 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8196 * API queries.
8197 */
8198 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8199 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8200 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8201 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8202 ];
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Enable AJAX framework
8206 *
8207 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8208 */
8209 $wgUseAjax = true;
8210
8211 /**
8212 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8213 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8214 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8215 */
8216 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8217
8218 /**
8219 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8220 */
8221 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8222
8223 /**
8224 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8225 */
8226 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8227
8228 /**
8229 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8230 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8231 */
8232 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8233
8234 /**
8235 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8236 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8237 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8238 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8239 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8240 *
8241 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8242 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8243 *
8244 * @par Example:
8245 * @code
8246 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8247 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8248 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8249 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8250 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8251 * ];
8252 * @endcode
8253 */
8254 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8258 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8259 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8260 */
8261 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8262
8263 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8264
8265 /************************************************************************//**
8266 * @name Shell and process control
8267 * @{
8268 */
8269
8270 /**
8271 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8272 */
8273 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8274
8275 /**
8276 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8277 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8278 */
8279 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8280
8281 /**
8282 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8283 */
8284 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8285
8286 /**
8287 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8288 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8289 */
8290 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8291
8292 /**
8293 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8294 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8295 *
8296 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8297 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8298 * them segfault or deadlock.
8299 *
8300 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8301 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8302 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8303 *
8304 * @par Example:
8305 * @code
8306 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8307 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8308 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8309 * @endcode
8310 *
8311 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8312 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8313 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8314 */
8315 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8316
8317 /**
8318 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8319 */
8320 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8324 *
8325 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8326 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8327 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8328 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8329 *
8330 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8331 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8332 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8333 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8334 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8335 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8336 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8337 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8338 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8339 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8340 * decimal separator)
8341 *
8342 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8343 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8344 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8345 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8346 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8347 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8348 * displayed to the user.
8349 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8350 * date/time values.
8351 *
8352 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8353 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8354 * wikis.
8355 */
8356 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8357
8358 /**
8359 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8360 *
8361 * Supported options:
8362 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8363 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8364 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8365 *
8366 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8367 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8368 *
8369 * @since 1.31
8370 * @var string|bool
8371 */
8372 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8373
8374 /** @} */ # End shell }
8375
8376 /************************************************************************//**
8377 * @name HTTP client
8378 * @{
8379 */
8380
8381 /**
8382 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8383 * @var int
8384 */
8385 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8386
8387 /**
8388 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8389 * @since 1.29
8390 */
8391 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8392
8393 /**
8394 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8395 */
8396 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8397
8398 /**
8399 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8400 */
8401 $wgHTTPProxy = '';
8402
8403 /**
8404 * Local virtual hosts.
8405 *
8406 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8407 *
8408 * This affects the following:
8409 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8410 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8411 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8412 * the proxy if it is configured.
8413 *
8414 * @since 1.25
8415 */
8416 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8417
8418 /**
8419 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8420 * Only works for curl
8421 */
8422 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8423
8424 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8425
8426 /************************************************************************//**
8427 * @name Job queue
8428 * @{
8429 */
8430
8431 /**
8432 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8433 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8434 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8435 * be run periodically.
8436 */
8437 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8438
8439 /**
8440 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8441 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8442 * execution finishes.
8443 *
8444 * @since 1.23
8445 */
8446 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8447
8448 /**
8449 * Number of rows to update per job
8450 */
8451 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8452
8453 /**
8454 * Number of rows to update per query
8455 */
8456 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8457
8458 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8459
8460 /************************************************************************//**
8461 * @name Miscellaneous
8462 * @{
8463 */
8464
8465 /**
8466 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8467 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8468 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8469 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8470 */
8471 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8472
8473 /**
8474 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8475 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8476 * Supported values:
8477 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8478 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8479 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8480 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8481 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8482 *
8483 * @since 1.30
8484 */
8485 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8486
8487 /**
8488 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8489 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8490 *
8491 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8492 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8493 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8494 */
8495 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8496
8497 /**
8498 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8499 * For debugging
8500 */
8501 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8502
8503 /**
8504 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8505 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8506 */
8507 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8508
8509 /**
8510 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8511 */
8512 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8513
8514 /**
8515 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8516 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8517 */
8518 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8519
8520 /**
8521 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8522 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8523 */
8524 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8525
8526 /**
8527 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8528 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8529 *
8530 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8531 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8532 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8533 * parameters.
8534 *
8535 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8536 * @code
8537 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8538 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8539 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8540 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8541 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8542 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8543 * 'redisConfig' => []
8544 * ] ];
8545 * @endcode
8546 *
8547 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8548 * @code
8549 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8550 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8551 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8552 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8553 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8554 * ... any extension-specific options...
8555 * ] ];
8556 * @endcode
8557 */
8558 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8559
8560 /**
8561 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8562 */
8563 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8564
8565 /**
8566 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8567 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8568 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8569 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8570 *
8571 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8572 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8573 *
8574 * @since 1.21
8575 */
8576 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8577
8578 /**
8579 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8580 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8581 *
8582 * * 'ignore': return null
8583 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8584 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8585 *
8586 * @since 1.21
8587 */
8588 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8589
8590 /**
8591 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8592 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8593 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8594 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8595 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8596 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8597 *
8598 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8599 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8600 *
8601 * @since 1.21
8602 */
8603 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8604
8605 /**
8606 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8607 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8608 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8609 *
8610 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8611 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8612 *
8613 * @since 1.21
8614 */
8615 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8616 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8617 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8618 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8619 ];
8620
8621 /**
8622 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8623 *
8624 * @since 1.20
8625 */
8626 $wgSiteTypes = [
8627 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8628 ];
8629
8630 /**
8631 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8632 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8633 * @since 1.23
8634 */
8635 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8636
8637 /**
8638 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8639 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8640 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8641 *
8642 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8643 *
8644 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8645 *
8646 * @since 1.24
8647 */
8648 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8649
8650 /**
8651 * Secret for session storage.
8652 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8653 * be used.
8654 * @since 1.27
8655 */
8656 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8657
8658 /**
8659 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8660 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8661 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8662 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8663 * @since 1.27
8664 */
8665 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8666
8667 /**
8668 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8669 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8670 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8671 * be used.
8672 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8673 * @since 1.24
8674 */
8675 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8676
8677 /**
8678 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8679 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8680 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8681 * @since 1.24
8682 */
8683 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8684
8685 /**
8686 * Enable page language feature
8687 * Allows setting page language in database
8688 * @var bool
8689 * @since 1.24
8690 */
8691 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8692
8693 /**
8694 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8695 *
8696 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8697 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8698 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8699 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8700 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8701 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8702 *
8703 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8704 *
8705 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8706 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8707 * 'options' => [
8708 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8709 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8710 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8711 * ]
8712 * ];
8713 *
8714 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8715 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8716 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8717 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8718 *
8719 * Example config for Parsoid:
8720 *
8721 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8722 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8723 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8724 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8725 * ];
8726 *
8727 * @var array
8728 * @since 1.25
8729 */
8730 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8731 'paths' => [],
8732 'modules' => [],
8733 'global' => [
8734 # Timeout in seconds
8735 'timeout' => 360,
8736 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8737 'forwardCookies' => false,
8738 'HTTPProxy' => null
8739 ]
8740 ];
8741
8742 /**
8743 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8744 * these suggestions.
8745 *
8746 * @var bool
8747 * @since 1.26
8748 */
8749 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8750
8751 /**
8752 * Where popular password file is located.
8753 *
8754 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8755 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8756 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8757 *
8758 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8759 * @since 1.27
8760 * @deprecated since 1.33
8761 * @var string path to file
8762 */
8763 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8764
8765 /*
8766 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8767 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8768 *
8769 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8770 * @since 1.27
8771 */
8772 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8773
8774 /*
8775 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8776 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8777 *
8778 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8779 * @since 1.30
8780 */
8781 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8782
8783 /**
8784 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8785 *
8786 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8787 * @since 1.32
8788 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8789 * If an array, can have parameters:
8790 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8791 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8792 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8793 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8794 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8795 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8796 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8797 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8798 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8799 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8800 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8801 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8802 */
8803 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8804
8805 /**
8806 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8807 *
8808 * @since 1.32
8809 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8810 */
8811 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8812
8813 /**
8814 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8815 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8816 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8817 *
8818 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8819 *
8820 * @since 1.32
8821 * @var string[]
8822 */
8823 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8824 'copyright',
8825 'history_copyright',
8826 'googlesearch',
8827 'feedback-terms',
8828 'feedback-termsofuse',
8829 ];
8830
8831 /**
8832 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8833 *
8834 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8835 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8836 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8837 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8838 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8839 *
8840 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8841 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8842 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8843 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8844 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8845 *
8846 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8847 *
8848 * @since 1.27
8849 */
8850 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8851 'default' => [
8852 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8853 ]
8854 ];
8855
8856 /**
8857 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8858 *
8859 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8860 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8861 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8862 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8863 *
8864 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8865 *
8866 * @var bool
8867 * @since 1.28
8868 */
8869 $wgPingback = false;
8870
8871 /**
8872 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8873 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8874 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8875 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8876 *
8877 * @since 1.28
8878 */
8879 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8880 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8881 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8882 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8883 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8884 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8885 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8886 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8887 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8888 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8889 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8890 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8891 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8892 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8893 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8894 'chrome-extension' => true,
8895 ];
8896
8897 /**
8898 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8899 * at Special:Contributions.
8900 *
8901 * @var array
8902 * @since 1.30
8903 */
8904 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8905 'IPv4' => 16,
8906 'IPv6' => 32,
8907 ];
8908
8909 /**
8910 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8911 *
8912 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8913 *
8914 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8915 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8916 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8917 *
8918 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8919 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8920 */
8921 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8922 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8923 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8924 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8925
8926 /**
8927 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8928 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8929 *
8930 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8931 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8932 *
8933 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8934 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8935 *
8936 * @par Example:
8937 * @code
8938 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8939 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8940 *];
8941 * @endcode
8942 */
8943 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8944
8945 /**
8946 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8947 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8948 *
8949 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8950 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8951 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8952 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8953 *
8954 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8955 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8956 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8957 *
8958 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8959 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8960 *
8961 * @since 1.32
8962 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8963 */
8964 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8965
8966 /**
8967 * The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
8968 * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
8969 */
8970 $wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_10;
8971
8972 /**
8973 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8974 *
8975 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8976 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8977 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8978 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8979 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
8980 *
8981 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
8982 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
8983 *
8984 * @since 1.31
8985 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
8986 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8987 */
8988 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW;
8989
8990 /**
8991 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
8992 * or namespaces.
8993 *
8994 * @since 1.33
8995 * @deprecated 1.33
8996 * @var bool
8997 */
8998 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
8999
9000 /**
9001 * Origin Trials tokens.
9002 *
9003 * @since 1.33
9004 * @var array
9005 */
9006 $wgOriginTrials = [];
9007
9008 /**
9009 * Enable client-side Priority Hints.
9010 *
9011 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9012 *
9013 * @since 1.33
9014 * @var bool
9015 */
9016 $wgPriorityHints = false;
9017
9018 /**
9019 * Ratio of requests that should get Priority Hints when the feature is enabled.
9020 *
9021 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9022 *
9023 * @since 1.34
9024 * @var float
9025 */
9026 $wgPriorityHintsRatio = 1.0;
9027
9028 /**
9029 * Enable Element Timing.
9030 *
9031 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9032 *
9033 * @since 1.33
9034 * @var bool
9035 */
9036 $wgElementTiming = false;
9037
9038 /**
9039 * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
9040 *
9041 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9042 *
9043 * @since 1.34
9044 * @var int
9045 */
9046 $wgReportToExpiry = 86400;
9047
9048 /**
9049 * List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
9050 *
9051 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9052 *
9053 * @since 1.34
9054 * @var array
9055 */
9056 $wgReportToEndpoints = [];
9057
9058 /**
9059 * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
9060 * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
9061 *
9062 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9063 *
9064 * @since 1.34
9065 * @var array
9066 */
9067 $wgFeaturePolicyReportOnly = [];
9068
9069 /**
9070 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9071 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9072 * @}
9073 */